Cameron U Stack 2016

H1300
U BOP Stack
Operation and Maintenance Manual
DRILLING SYSTEMS TC9598

DRILLING SYSTEMS
All the information contained in this manual is the exclusive property of Cameron. Any
reproduction or use of the calculations, drawings, photographs, procedures or instructions,
either expressed or implied, is forbidden without the written permission of Cameron or its
authorized agent.
Initial Release 01
September 2016
Produced by Technical Publications, Houston, TX, USA
© 2016 Schlumberger
TC9598 ii
DRILLING SYSTEMS
PREFACE
The procedures included in this book are to be performed in conjunction with the requirements
and recommendations outlined in API Specifications. Any repairs to the equipment covered by
this book should be done by an authorized Cameron service representative. Cameron will not
be responsible for loss or expense resulting from any failure of equipment or any damage to any
property or death or injury to any person resulting in whole or in part from repairs performed
by anyone other than authorized Cameron personnel. Such unauthorized repairs shall also serve
to terminate any contractual or other warranty, if any, on the equipment and may also result in
equipment no longer meeting applicable requirements.
File copies of this manual are maintained. Revisions and/or additions will be made as deemed
necessary by Cameron. The drawings in this book are not drawn to scale, but the dimensions
shown are accurate.
This book covers Cameron products.
Cameron
P.O. Box 1212
Houston, Texas 77251-1212
713-939-2211
cameron.slb.com
TC9598 iii
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 iv
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 – U BOP STACK
CHAPTER 2 – U BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
CHAPTER 3 – VALVES
TC9598 v
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 vi
DRILLING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 1 – U BOP STACK
H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP and 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack..................1-3
P/N 2390271-13-01
(Parts List)
H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP U BOP Stack............................................................1-4

P/N 2390271-13-02
(Illustration and Parts List)
H1300 Project 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack...............................................................1-6

P/N 2390271-13-02-01
Test Stump Assembly, 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP....................................................................1-8

P/N 2245465-35-05
Test Stump Assembly, 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP.......................................................................1-10

P/N 2245465-71-03
TC9598 1-1
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 1-2
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP and 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack
P/N 2390271-13-01
Rev. 01
Item Part Number Qty Description

0 2390271-13-02 1 Assembly BOP Stack
1 2390271-13-02-01 1 Assembly BOP Stack
2 2390271-13-03 1 Commission Spare
3 2390271-13-04 1 One Years Operation Spares H1300 Project
70 2163019-02-06 1 Ram Subassembly, H2S SBR, Lower
80 2163019-01-06 1 Ram Subassembly, H2S SBR, Upper
90 644228-15-00-03 2 Ram Subassembly, Pipe - CAMRAM™
130 644228-12-00-02 2 Subassembly, Hang Off Pipe Ram
200 2164172-05-01 4 Ram Subassembly, Hangoff - CAMRAM™
210 644228-11-00-04 4 Ram Subassembly, Pipe - CAMRAM™
220 644228-12-00-02 2 Subassembly, Hang Off Pipe Ram
230 644228-20-00-04 2 Ram Subassembly, Pipe
280 2186206-10 1 High Pressure Test Pump
370 046783-02-00-06 1 Ram Subassembly, SBR - Lower
380 046783-01-00-06 1 Ram Subassembly, SBR - Upper
390 236534-21-04-04 2 Pipe Ram Subassembly
420 044256-07-00-06 2 Ram Subassembly,Pipe
500 044256-06-00-03 2 Ram Subassembly, Pipe
510 044256-18-00-03 2 Casing Ram Subassembly
TC9598 1-3
DRILLING SYSTEMS
03 ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT WEIGHT

PIPE CAVITY 3530.6 BONNETS 'CLOSED' W/ LOCKING SCREW 'LOCKED' 50 BOP DL 13-5/8 10K STUDDED TOP FLANGE 13-5/8 15K BTM 1 12650 KG
[139.00] 60 BOP 13-5/8 15K STDD/FLG U DBL PIPE / LARGE BORE TANDEM 1 20900KG
5446[214.4] BONNETS 'OPENED' W/ LOCKIN SCREW 'UNLOCKED'
100 BOP 13-5/8 15K STDD/FLG U SGL PIPE 1 10500KG
140 FLANGE FLUID CUSHION 3-1/16 15K BX-154 6 35KG
4X 240 DRILLING SPOOL 13-5/8 15K 1 3000KG
45° 250 GATE VALVE FLS HYDRAULIC 3-1/16 15K FLG 2 460KG
260 GATE VALVE FLS MANUAL 3-1/16 FLG 2 410KG
ASSY BOP STACK W/O TEST STUMP & RAMS 1 49000KG
270 TEST STUMP 13-5/8 15K+SAVER SUB 4-1/2 IF 1 1650KG
CHOKE SIDE:
KILL SIDE: 3-1/16 API 15K BX-154
3-1/16 API 15K BX-154 STUDDED OUTLETS
STUDDED OUTLETS W/ NBA 625 INLAY
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
SHEAR CAVITY 4584 [180.5] BONNETS 'CLOSED' W/ LOCKING SCREWS 'LOCKED'
6499 [255.9] BONNETS 'OPENED' W/LOCKING SCREWS 'UNLOCKED' STUDDED CONNECTION
1549.4 13-5/8 10K BX-159
[61.00] W/NBA 625 INLAY
03 50
FOUR LIFTING LUGS
W/SHACKLES
35000 KG CAPACITY EACH
03 60 1300
[51.18]
203.46 03
1-1/4-11-1/2 NPT FEMALE [8.010]
OPEN & CLOSE CONNECTION
3X HEIGHT OF CAVITY FLANGED/STUDDED
PORT 140
13-5/8 15K BX-159
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
PIPE RAM
CAVITY
713.7 509.4
[20.06] 1700.8
[28.10] 712.9 [66.96]
[28.07] 4983.5
SHEAR RAM [196.20]
CAVITY
5403.7
03 240 250 03
[212.74]
756.7 CONNECTION
[29.79] FLANGED/STUDDED
1753.4 260 03 13-5/8 15K BX-159
[69.03] W/ NBA 625 INLAY
1550.7
[61.05] 766.3
03 100 [30.17]
2381.8
CONNECTION [93.77]
997.5
FLANGED/STUDDED COG
[39.27]
13-5/8 15K BX-159
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
PIPE RAM
CAVITY 987.8
[38.89]
681.8 542.0
[26.84] 6X 1-11 1/2 NPT FEMALE [21.34]
OPEN PORT ON THIS SIDE CONNECTION
& CLOSE PORT ON FLANGED/FLANGED
OPPOSITE SIDE 13-5/8 15K BX-159
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
03 270
TEST STUMP WITH 1/4 TURN
AUTOLOCKING SAVER SUB 420.2
BASE PLATE [1000] X [1000] X [50] TH 4-1/2 IF THREADED [16.54]
AUTOCLAVE PORT THREAD
WITH 16 FIXATION HOLES 42 [1.65] 1-SF-1000 CX
THIS DRAWING AND THE CONFIDENTIAL TRADE SECRET INFORMATION ON IT ARE THE PROPERTY OF CAMERON. POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY
RIGHTS TO DISCLOSE, REPRODUCE OR USE SAME FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT GRANTED BY EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF CAMERON.
THIS DRAWING IS TO BE RETURNED TO CAMERON UPON ITS REQUEST OR COMPLETION OF AUTHORIZED USE.
SURFACE TREATMENT
MACHINING
DESIGNED IN INCHES
TOLERANCES UNLESS DO NOT SCALE DRILLING
KILL SIDE THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
INCHES
[MILLIMETERS]
.X [0.]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
~ DRAWN BY:
K VIJAYAKUMAR
DATE
6 Nov 14
CAMERON SYSTEMS
± = [] ±° MATERIAL & HEAT TREAT CHECKED BY: DATE
ASSY BOP STACK 13-5/8 15K
MACHINED FILLET RADII .015-.050 [0.38-1.27]. BREAK
S GUNA 10 Nov 14
ALL SHARP EDGES .01-.03 [0.2-0.8] RADII OR 45°.
SURFACE FINISH IN MICRO () INCHES (Ra).
.XX [0.X]
~ APPROVED BY: DATE WITH STUDDED OUTLETS 3-1/16 15K
± = [] RA
H1300
INTERPRET DRAWING PER ASME Y14.5, ASME Y14.36,
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL .XXX [0.XX]
ON TAM YEE KANG 14 Nov 14
ALL ESTIMATED
SK-201837-13-15-03
98263 LBS INITIAL USE B/M: SHEET REV:
AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS. ITEM NUMBERS NOT
± = [] 03
MACHINED WEIGHT:
APPEARING ON B/M DO NOT APPLY. SURFACES 44571.3 KG ~ 1 OF 1
INVENTOR - D
TC9598 1-4
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP U BOP Stack

P/N 2390271-13-02
Rev. 01

50 2113660-07 1 BOP DL
60 2245308-17 1 Obsolete Old Design Assembly U BOP, Double Cavity
100 2113887-02-01 1 Obsolete Old Design Assembly U BOP, Single Cavity
140 2245652-07-25 6 Fluid Cushion Flange
240 236611-35-35-09 1 Assembly, Drilling Spool
250 141553-56-02-19 4 Gate Valve Assembly, Manual, Model FLS
260 2245506-22-25 4 FLS Gate Valve With Double Acting New Generation Hydraulic
Actuator
270 2245465-35-05 1 Assembly, Standard Test Stump
TC9598 1-5
DRILLING SYSTEMS
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT WEIGHT

02
LARGE BORE SHEAR CAVITY 4950 [194.9] BONNETS 'CLOSED' W/ LOCKING SCREW 'LOCKED' 350 BOP DL 21- 1/4 2K STUDDED TOP FLANGE BOTTOM 1 12700 KG
7026 [276.6] BONNETS 'OPENED' W/ LOCKING SCREW 'UNLOCKED'
360 BOP 21-1/4 2K STDD/FLG U DBL PIPE/LARGE BORE SHEAR & TANDEM 1 16000KG
4X
45° 400 BOP 21-1/4 2K STDD/FLG U SGL PIPE 1 8100KG
430 FLANGE FLUID CUSHION 3-1/16 15K BX-154 6 35KG
ASSY BOP STACK W/O TEST STUMP & RAMS 1 37010KG
520 TEST STUMP 21-1/4 2K+SAVER SUB 4-1/2 IF 1 1400KG
1743
[68.6]
KILL SIDE: CHOKE SIDE:
3-1/16 API 15K BX-154 3-1/16 API 15K BX-154
STUDDED OUTLETS STUDDED OUTLETS
W/ NBA 625 INLAY W/ NBA 625 INLAY
 1676
[66.0]
PIPE CAVITY 3648 [143.7] BONNETS 'CLOSED' W/LOCKING SCREW 'LOCKED'
5761 [226.8] BONNETS 'OPEND' W/LOCKING SCREW 'UNLOCKED'
FOUR LIFTING LUGS

350 WITH SHACKLES CONNECTION STUDDED
02 35000 KG CAPACITY EACH 21-1/4 2K R-73
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
OPEN 1352.6
[53.25]
02 360
CLOSE
3X CONNECTIONS
1-1/4-11-1/2 NPT FEMALE 203.5 FLANGED / STUDDED
OPEN & CLOSE PORTS [8.01] 21-1/4 2K R-73
HEIGHT OF RAM W/ NBA 625 INLAY
CAVITY
3X 15.00
[.591]
PIPE RAM
CAVITY STAND-OFF
430 02
RX-73 RING 3667.8
GASKET [144.40]
649.3 445.8
[25.56] [17.55] 1391.6
616.9
SHEAR RAM [54.79]
[24.29]
CAVITY 02
CONNECTIONS
FLANGED / STUDDED
757.3 553.8 21-1/4 2K R-73
[21.80] W/ NBA 625 INLAY 1570.1
[29.81] [61.82]
757.3
[29.81] C.O.G
PIPE RAM
CAVITY
742.3
[29.22]
472.3 CONNECTIONS
[18.59] 367.3 FLANGED
[14.46] 21-1/4 2K R-73
02 400
W/ NBA 625 INLAY
6X
1-11 1/2 NPT FEMALE
OPEN ON THIS SIDE 450.8
520 TEST STUMP WITH 1/4 TURN [17.75]
02 & CLOSE PORT ON OPPOSITE SIDE
AUTOLOCKING SAVER SUB
4-1/2 IF THREADED THIS DRAWING AND THE CONFIDENTIAL TRADE SECRET INFORMATION ON IT ARE THE PROPERTY OF CAMERON. POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY
1/2-14 NPT PORT
BASE PLATE [1000] X [1000] X [50] TH TEST PORT
DESIGNED IN INCHES MACHINING SURFACE TREATMENT
DO NOT SCALE
WITH 16 FIXATION HOLES 42 [1.65] OPEN SIDE DIMENSIONAL UNITS
TOLERANCES UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
~ DRAWN BY: DATE
CAMERON
DRILLING
SYSTEMS
THIRD ANGLE
INCHES
[MILLIMETERS]
.X [0.] ANGLES K. VIJAYAKUMAR 7 Nov 14
ASSY BOP STACK 21-1/4 2K
S. GUNA 10 Nov 14
.XX [0.X]
~ APPROVED BY: DATE WITH 3-1/16 15K STUDDED OUTLETS
± = [] RA
H1300
DISTANCE BETWEEN RAMS
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL .XXX [0.XX]
ON TAM YEE KANG 12 Nov 14
ALL ESTIMATED
SK-201837-21-02-02
69248.3 LBS INITIAL USE B/M: SHEET REV:
± = [] 02
MACHINED WEIGHT:
APPEARING ON B/M DO NOT APPLY. SURFACES 31410.5 KG 1 OF 1
INVENTOR - D
TC9598 1-6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: H1300 Project 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack

P/N 2390271-13-02-01
Rev. 01

350 2113590-03-01 1 BOP, DL Assembly
360 2246141-02-01 1 Assembly U BOP, Double Cavity
400 2245852-02 1 Assembly U BOP, Single Cavity
430 2245652-07-25 6 Fluid Cushion Flange
520 2245465-71-03 1 Assembly, Standard Test Stump
TC9598 1-7
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 1-8
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Test Stump Assembly, 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP

P/N 2245465-35-05
Rev. 04

1 2245463-35-04 1 Weldment, Standard Test Stump
2 2245464-01-02 1 Assembly Auto Locking Plug Saver Sub
3 219065-10-14-01 1 Stud, Dbl Ended
4 2709000-10-01 2 Nut, Hvy Hex
7 2013400-26 1 Nameplate - Blank
Accessory Item
0 707177 1 Connector, Tbg Female
Expendable Item
0 702003-15-92 1 Ring Gasket, API Type BX-159
Optional Item
0 236177-48 1 Protecteur Bride
TC9598 1-9
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 1-10
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Test Stump Assembly, 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP

P/N 2245465-71-03
Rev. 03

1 2245463-35-04 1 Weldment, Standard Test Stump
2 2245464-01-02 1 Assembly Auto Locking Plug Saver Sub
3 219065-10-14-01 1 Stud, Dbl Ended
4 2709000-10-01 2 Nut, Hvy Hex
7 2013400-26 1 Nameplate - Blank
Accessory Item
0 707177 1 Connector, Tbg Female
Expendable Item
Optional Item
TC9598 1-11
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 1-12
DRILLING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 2 – U BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
BOP Assemblies:
Double U BOP with Standard Bonnets on Upper Cavity...................................................2-6

and Large Bore Shear Tandem Booster Bonnets on Lower Cavity
13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP, BX-159 Flange Bottom x Studded Top with
3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP BX-154 Studded Outlets
P/N 2245308-17
Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets..........................................................2-10

Two 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP BX-154 Studded Outlets
P/N 2113887-02-01
Double U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets on Upper Cavity............................2-12

and Manual Lock Large Bore Shear Bonnets with Boosters on Lower Cavity
21-1/4” 2000 psi WP, R-73 Flange Bottom x Studded Top with
P/N 2246141-02-01
Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets..........................................................2-14

21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP, R-73 Flange Bottom x Studded Top with
P/N 2245852-02
DL Annular BOP, 13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP............................................................................2-16

BX-159 Flange Bottom and Studded Top
P/N 2113660-07
DL Annular BOP, 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP..............................................................................2-20

R-73 Studded Top and Flanged Bottom
P/N 2113590-03-01
Bonnet Subassemblies:
Standard U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi Subassembly.........................................................2-24

P/N 2245645-11-70 (Right Hand) (Superseded by 2396676-11-70)
P/N 2245645-12-70 (Left Hand) (Superseded by 2396676-12-70)
For use with P/Ns:

2245308-17 and 2113887-02-01
TC9598 2-1
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Large Bore Shear U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly.....................................2-30

P/N 2113727-13-70 (Right Hand) (Superseded by 2396310-13-70)
P/N 2113727-14-70 (Left Hand) (Superseded by 2396310-14-70)
For use with P/N:

2245308-17
Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets.......................................2-36

P/N 2246342-03-02
Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly.......................2-38

P/N 2245859-35
For use with P/N:

2245308-17
Large Bore Shear U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly.......................................2-40

P/N 615525-11-70 (Right Hand)
P/N 615525-12-70 (Left Hand)
For use with P/N:

2246141-02-01
Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets.......................................2-44

P/N 2245884-01-02
Standard U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly....................................................2-46

P/N 144135-15-70 (Right Hand)
P/N 144135-16-70 (Left Hand)
For use with P/Ns:

2246141-02-01 and 2245852-02
Operating Piston Subassembly, for Standard Bonnets..........................................2-50

P/N 2245183-01-03
Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 20-3/4” 3000 psi WP and ........................................2-52

21-1/4” 2000 psi WP Subassembly
P/N 2245859-71
Assembly Manual Locking Screw for 20-3/4 3K And 21-1/4 2K Pipe Only U BOP’s.........2-54
P/N 2396019-08-10-01
Assembly Manual Locking Screw for 20-3/4 3K, 21-1/4 2K Lb Shear Cavity ....................2-56
with Booster Only and 26-3/4 3K Pipe U BOP’s
P/N 2396019-08-20-01
(Parts List)
TC9598 2-2
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Ram Subassemblies:
Ram Subassembly, SBR Lower for 21-1/14” U BOP............................................................2-58

P/N 046783-02-00-06
Ram Subassembly, SBR Upper for 21-1/14” U BOP............................................................2-60

P/N 046783-01-00-06
Ram Subassembly, Pipe 7” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP.............................................................2-62

P/N 236534-21-04-04
Ram Subassembly, Pipe 5-1/2” and 5-9/16” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..................................2-63

P/N 044256-07-00-06
Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..............................................2-64

P/N 044256-06-00-03
Ram Subassembly, Casing Ram for 13-3/8” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..................................2-65

P/N 044256-18-00-03
Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Lower for 13-5/8” U BOP....................................................2-66

P/N 2163019-02-06
Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Upper for 13-5/8” U BOP....................................................2-67

P/N 2163019-01-06
Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 7” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP............................................................2-68

P/N 644228-15-00-03
Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5-1/2” and 5-9/16” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP...................2-69
P/N 644228-12-00-02
Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5.00” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP.........................................2-70

P/N 644228-11-00-04
Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 3-1/2” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP........................................2-71

P/N 2164172-05-01
Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 9-5/8” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP......................................................2-72

P/N 644228-20-00-04
TC9598 2-3
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Operation and Maintenance:
13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP DL Annular Blowout Preventer (03-2016.01)...............................2-73
I. Physical Data...................................................................................................2-73
II. Applicable Operating Characteristics............................................................2-74
III. Disassembly Procedure...................................................................................2-75
IV. Assembly Procedure........................................................................................2-78
V. Operation Procedures.....................................................................................2-84
VI. Maintenance Procedures................................................................................2-87
VII. Testing.............................................................................................................2-89
VIII. Storage............................................................................................................2-91
21-1/4” 2000 psi WP DL Annular Blowout Preventer (03-2016.01)..................................2-93
I. Physical Data...................................................................................................2-93
II. Applicable Operating Characteristics and Principles of Operation.............2-94
III. Disassembly Procedure...................................................................................2-95
IV. Assembly Procedure........................................................................................2-97
V. Operation Procedures.....................................................................................2-99
VI. Maintenance Procedures................................................................................2-102
VII. Testing.............................................................................................................2-103
VIII. Storage............................................................................................................2-105
TC1403 U Blowout Preventers for Surface Applications
TC9598 2-4
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-5
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Double U BOP with Standard Bonnets on Upper Cavity

and Large Bore Shear Tandem Booster Bonnets on Lower Cavity
P/N 2245308-17
Rev. 03

1 2245307-01-01 1 Body U BOP
7 030308-06 4 Housing, Locking Screw
8 695234 4 Locking Screw
12 2379037-01 8 Assembly Bonnet Bolt with Noze Centralizer
13 219065-14-06-41 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
14 2709000-14-01 16 Nut, Hvy Hex
22 2010825-04 4 Seal Carrier, Package
34 2245719-01 16 Centralizer Sleeve
38 11849 2 Eye, Lifting
43 687117-05 2 Spacer, Locking Screw
46 2032175-03 1 Name Plate
46 236606-01 1 Name Plate, Top
47 25950 1 Name Plate, Patent
48 2245645-11-70 1 Bonnet Assembly RH (Superseded by P/N 2396676-11-70)
49 2245645-12-70 1 Bonnet Assembly LH (Superseded by P/N 2396676-12-70)
50 2113727-13-70 1 Large Bore Shear Bonnet Assembly, RH (Superseded by
P/N 2396310-13-70)
51 2113727-14-70 1 Large Bore Shear Bonnet Assembly, LH (Superseded by
P/N 2396310-14-70)
52 2245859-35 1 Subassembly, Tandem Booster Composite
60 219067-19-13-11 20 Stud, Dbl Ended
61 2709000-19-01 20 Nut, Hvy Hex
62 219067-11-05-31 32 Stud, Dbl Ended
63 2709000-11-01 32 Nut, Hvy Hex
Accessory Item
0 697149-04 1 Standard Accessory Items
0 697150-02 4 Locking Screw Accessory Items
0 645046-06 2 Cover - Ram Change Piston
0 2010064-06 1 Removal Tool, Seal Carrier
Expendable Item
TC9598 2-7
DRILLING SYSTEMS

Optional Item
0 236346-22 4 Metallic Protector, Stdd Connection
0 236346-27 1 Metallic Protector Stdd Connection
TC9598 2-8
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-9
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-10
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets

P/N 2113887-02-01
Rev. 03

1 2113886-02-01 1 Body U BOP, Single Cavity
7 030308-06 2 Housing, Locking Screw
8 695234 2 Locking Screw
13 219065-14-06-41 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
14 2709000-14-01 16 Nut, Hvy Hex
22 2010825-04 2 Seal Carrier, Package
34 2245719-01 8 Centralizer Sleeve for Bonnet Bolts
43 687117-05 2 Spacer, Locking Screw
46 236606-01 1 Name Plate, Top, Ram Type
46 2032175-03 1 Name Plate, Ram Type BOP
47 25950 1 Name Plate, Patent - U BOP
48 2245645-11-70 1 Bonnet Assembly RH (Superseded by P/N 2396676-11-70)
49 2245645-12-70 1 Bonnet Assembly LH (Superseded by P/N 2396676-12-70)
60 219067-19-13-11 20 Stud, Dbl Ended
61 2709000-19-01 20 Nut, Hvy Hex
62 219067-11-05-31 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
63 2709000-11-01 16 Nut, Hvy Hex
Accessory Item
0 645046-06 2 Cover -Ram Change Piston
0 2010064-06 1 Removal Tool, Seal Carrier
Expendable Item
Optional Item
0 236346-27 1 Metallic Protector Stdd Connection
TC9598 2-11
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-12
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Double U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets on Upper Cavity
and Manual Lock Large Bore Shear Bonnets with Boosters on Lower Cavity
21-1/4” 2000 psi WP, R-73 Flange Bottom x Studded Top with
P/N 2246141-02-01
Rev. 03

1 2246209-01 1 Body
7 2396019-08-10-01 2 Assembly Manual Locking Screw
12 030312-11-01 8 Bonnet Bolt
12 041366-11-00-02 8 Bonnet Bolt
22 046613-16-00-01 4 Seal, Bonnet
34 702645-22-71 16 O-Ring
38 11849 2 Eye,Lifting
46 2032175-03 1 Name Plate
47 25950 1 Name Plate, Patent
47 236606-01 1 Name Plate
48 615525-11-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly, Right Hand
49 615525-12-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly, Left Hand
50 144135-15-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly, Pipe Ram Right Hand
51 144135-16-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly, Pipe Ram Left Hand
52 2245859-71 1 Subassembly, Tandem Booster Composite
60 219067-15-08-21 24 Stud, Dbl Ended
61 2709000-15-01 24 Nut, Hvy Hex
62 219067-11-05-31 32 Stud, Dbl Ended
63 2709000-11-01 32 Nut, Hvy Hex
Accessory Item
0 645046-11 2 Cover-Ram Change
0 645046-25 2 Cover-Ram Change
Expendable Item
0 702003-15-42 4 Ring Gasket
0 702002-07-32 2 Ring Gasket
Optional Item
TC9598 2-13
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-14
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets

21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP, R-73 Flange Bottom x Studded Top with
P/N 2245852-02
Rev. 03

1 2245923-02 1 Body
12 030312-11-01 8 Bonnet Bolt
22 046613-16-00-01 2 Seal, Bonnet
34 702645-22-71 8 O-Ring
46 236606-01 1 Nameplate, Top
46 2032175-03 1 Nameplate, Ram Type Bop
47 25950 1 Nameplate, Patent
48 144135-15-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly Pipe Ram, Right Hand
49 144135-16-70 1 Bonnet Subassembly Pipe Ram, Left Hand
60 219067-15-08-21 24 Stud, Dbl Ended
61 2709000-15-01 24 Nut, Hvy Hex
62 219067-11-05-31 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
63 2709000-11-01 16 Nut, Hvy Hex
Accessory Item
0 645046-11 2 Ram Change Cover
Expendable Item
0 702003-15-42 2 Ring Gasket
0 702002-07-32 2 Ring Gasket
Optional Item
0 236346-22 2 Metallic Protector
TC9598 2-15
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-16
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: DL Annular BOP, 13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP

BX-159 Flange Bottom and Studded Top
P/N 2113660-07
Rev. 05

1 2362650-01 1 Body
2 046054-30-12-01 1 Top
3 699333-30-00-03 1 Piston DL BOP
4 699334-30-03 1 Inner Cylinder Head
5 699335-30-03 1 Outer Cylinder Head
6 699336-30-01 1 Pusher Plate
7 2231480-07-00-01 1 Packing Element Subassembly
9 699337-30-03 1 Lock Ring, Split
10 699338-30-01 1 Actuator Ring
11 049089-02 4 Actuator Screw Subassembly
12 699343-02 4 Insert, Actuator Screw
13 614350-01-01 3 Lock Segment Split
14 049416-01 1 Ring, Outer Cylinder Head Lock Segment
15 2010341-06 1 Support Plate
16 046045-09 1 Top Trash Seal
17 644868-02 8 Bearing, Actuator Screw
18 2032175-04 1 Nameplate, Annular Type BOP
19 049047-03 1 Nameplate, Type D BOP Pressure Rating
20 049052-01 4 Nameplate, Vent
21 049051-01 2 Nameplate, Close Port
22 049050-01 2 Nameplate, Open Port
29 663311-13 4 Shackle, Anchor
30 046037-20 12 Stud, Dbl Ended
31 049800-05 12 Nut, Modified Hvy Hex
32 219067-17-10-71 20 Stud, Dbl Ended
33 2709000-17-01 20 Nut, Hvy Hex
34 2397561-01 2 Plug, Hex Head Special
35 005930-06-10 2 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
36 046052-09 24 Screw, Socket Head Cap Special
39 700649 4 Eyebolt
40 012185-01 2 Eyebolt
TC9598 2-17
DRILLING SYSTEMS

41 012185-03 4 Eyebolt
42 700446 2 Eyebolt
45 702514-25-20-08 4 Screw, Soc Hd Set
46 700594 4 Fitting, Grease - Straight
50 049122-06 1 Wear Ring
51 2010196-23 1 Bearing
52 2010196-11 1 Bearing
53 2010196-12 1 Bearing
54 2010196-24 1 Bearing
55 699345-03 1 Wear Ring
56 700319 1 Wiper Ring
58 615850-32-01 1 Seal Ring
59 615850-33-01 1 Seal Ring
60 615847-40-01 1 Seal Ring
61 615850-30-01 1 Seal Ring
62 615846-22-01 1 Seal Ring
63 615850-31-01 1 Seal Ring
64 615846-24-01 1 Seal Ring
65 615846-23-01 1 Seal Ring
66 615850-34-01 1 Seal Ring
67 706258-10 1 Seal Ring
68 615851-28-01 1 Seal Ring
69 615846-25-01 1 Seal Ring
75 702645-33-01 2 O-Ring
76 230266-02-00-16 4 Screw Hex
Expendable Item
0 702003-15-92 2 Ring Gasket
Optional Item
0 046064-30-00-01 1 Standard Spare Parts
79 049742-12 1 Seals, Bearings and Scrapers
TC9598 2-18
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-19
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-20
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: DL Annular BOP, 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP

R-73 Studded Top and Flanged Bottom
P/N 2113590-03-01
Rev. 03

1 046088-47-00-07 1 Body
2 046054-47-00-04 1 Top
3 699333-47-00-03 1 Piston
4 699334-47-00-03 1 Inner Cylinder
5 644172-01-00-03 1 Outer Ring
6 699336-47-00-02 1 Pusher Plate
7 644800-47-00-02 1 Packing Element Subassembly
15 2010341-18-01 1 Support Plate
18 2032175-04 1 Nameplate, Annular Type BOP
19 235539-42 1 Pressure Plate
20 049052-01 4 Nameplate, Vent
21 236903-02 2 Close Plate
22 236903-01 2 Open Plate
29 663311-13 4 Shackle, Anchor
30 046037-34 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
31 049800-12 16 Nut, Modified Hvy Hex
32 219067-15-08-21 24 Stud, Dbl Ended
33 2709000-15-01 24 Nut, Hvy Hex
34 002504-15 2 Plug, Pipe - Threaded Hex Soc
37 702585-18-00-15 16 Screw, 12pt Cap
38 700649 2 Eyebolt
39 012185-02 2 Eyebolt
44 615447-02-10 24 Stud, Dbl End
45 2709000-19-01 24 Nut, Hvy Hex
50 049122-12 1 Wear Ring
51 2010196-53 1 Bearing
52 2010196-54 1 Bearing
53 2010196-55 1 Bearing
54 2010196-56 1 Bearing
57 615399-12 1 Ring, Backup
58 615851-03-01 1 Seal Ring
TC9598 2-21
DRILLING SYSTEMS

59 615850-12-01 1 Seal Ring
60 615846-18-01 2 Seal Ring
61 615850-11-01 1 Seal Ring
62 615846-17-01 1 Seal Ring
65 615850-10-01 2 Seal Ring
Expendable Item
0 702002-07-32 2 Ring Gasket
Optional Item
0 046064-47-00-01 1 Standard Spare Parts
0 049742-18 1 Seals, Bearings and Scrapers
TC9598 2-22
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-23
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-24
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Standard U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi Subassembly

P/N 2245645-11-70 (Right Hand)
(Superseded by 2396676-11-70)
Rev. 03

2 2113728-03 1 Flange Intermediate
3 691849-03 1 Weldment Bonnet
5 698996-07 1 Piston Operating
6 030274-06-70 1 Cylinder, Operating
9 038847-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change Open
10 038848-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change Close
11 030273-06-70 2 Cylinder
15 M517988 1 Valve, Check
16 005940-09 1 Screw, Soc Hd Set
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
18 012469-24 1 Ring, Plastic Pkg Ret
19 018586-01 1 Ring, Energizing
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
21 021792-26 2 Gasket, Ring
23 030313-08 2 Pin, Ram Guide
23 2245621-01 2 Washer
24 702645-46-11 2 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710542 1 Seal Ring
27 212741-45 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-34-21 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-21 2 O-Ring
30 2245543-02 2 Four Lobes Ring
31 702645-35-41 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-41 2 O-Ring
35 702585-31-00-54 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
39 007650-27 5 Packing, Plastic
40 689523-01 1 Retainer, Lip Seal
41 018572-85 1 Retaining Ring
42 049223-04 1 Wear Ring
TC9598 2-25
DRILLING SYSTEMS

70 2032175-08 1 Nameplate, BOP Hydraulic Operating Pressure
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
76 2164449-06 2 Wear Ring
TC9598 2-26
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Standard U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi Subassembly

P/N 2245645-12-70 (Left Hand)
Rev. 03

2 2113728-03 1 Flange Intermediate
3 691849-03 1 Weldment Bonnet
5 698996-07 1 Piston Operating
10 038848-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change Close
11 030273-06-70 2 Cylinder, Ram Change
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
21 021792-26 2 Gasket, Ring
23 030313-08 2 Pin, Ram Guide
23 2245621-01 2 Washer
24 702645-46-11 2 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710542 1 Seal Ring
27 212741-45 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-34-21 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-21 2 O-Ring
31 702645-35-41 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-41 2 O-Ring
35 702585-31-00-54 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
42 049223-04 1 Wear Ring, Operating Piston
TC9598 2-27
DRILLING SYSTEMS

71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
76 2164449-06 2 Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston
TC9598 2-28
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-29
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-30
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Large Bore Shear U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly
P/N 2113727-13-70 (Right Hand)
Rev. 05

0 002504-28 2 Plug, Pipe-Threaded Hex Soc
2 2113729-03 1 Intermediate Flange
3 615448-01 1 Bonnet, U BOP
5 2246342-03-02 1 Subassembly Operating Piston
9 038847-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change, Open
10 038848-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change, Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
018586-01 1 Ring, Energizing
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
21 021792-26 2 Gasket, Ring
23 030313-08 2 Pin, Ram Guide
23 2245621-01 2 Washer OD
24 702645-46-51 1 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710588 1 Seal Ring
27 212741-45 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-34-21 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-21 2 O-Ring
30 2245543-02 2 Four Lobes Ring, Hutchinson
31 702645-35-41 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-41 2 O-Ring
35 702585-31-00-54 12 Screw, 12 Pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
41 018572-85 1 Retaining Ring, Spirolox
TC9598 2-31
DRILLING SYSTEMS

70 2032175-08 1 Name Plate
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
Expendable Item
0 711706 1 Sealant, Thread
TC9598 2-32
DRILLING SYSTEMS
P/N 2113727-14-70 (Left Hand)
Rev. 05

0 002504-28 2 Plug, Pipe - Threaded Hex Soc
3 615448-01 1 Bonnet
5 2246342-03-02 1 Subassembly, Operating Piston,
10 038848-03 1 Subassembly Piston, Ram Change, Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
21 021792-26 2 Gasket, Ring
23 030313-08 2 Pin, Ram Guide
23 2245621-01 2 Washer OD
24 702645-46-51 1 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710588 1 Seal Ring
27 212741-45 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-34-21 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-21 2 O-Ring
31 702645-35-41 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-41 2 O-Ring
35 702585-31-00-54 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
TC9598 2-33
DRILLING SYSTEMS

70 2032175-08 1 Name Plate
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
Expendable Item
0 711706 1 Sealant, Thread - Loctite
TC9598 2-34
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-35
DRILLING SYSTEMS
([36.94]
938.2
)
([19.00]
482.6
) ([17.94]
455.6
)
3.
([16.46]
418.1
)
F
03
03
NOTES :
1. ALL DIAMETERS ARE TO BE  0.07 [.003] F THIS DRAWING AND THE CONFIDENTIAL TRADE SECRET INFORMATION ON IT ARE THE PROPERTY OF CAMERON. POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY
2. ASSEMBLE PER 5 MACHINING SURFACE TREATMENT
DESIGNED IN MILLIMETERS
3. WHEN ASSEMBLING, USE ITEM 9 LOCTITE. NO SUBSTITUTION.
THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
MILLIMETERS
[INCHES]
0. [.X]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
~ DRAWN BY:
LAMONICA F
DATE
8 Jan 14
CAMERON SYSTEMS
APPLY LOCTITE TO THIS AREA ONLY ± = [] ±° MATERIAL & HEAT TREAT CHECKED BY: DATE
ASSEMBLY OPERATING PISTON
MACHINED FILLET RADII 0.38-1.27 [.015-.050]. BREAK
ALL SHARP EDGES 0.2-0.8 [.01-.03] RADII OR 45°. 0.X [.XX] VARGAS F 9 Jan 14 13-5/8 15K,
± = [] ~ APPROVED BY: DATE
4. ALL INFORMATION CONCERNING HARDNESS AND STAMP, SEE 10 INTERPRET DRAWING PER ASME Y14.5, ASME Y14.36,
RA
ON VARGAS F 9 Jan 14 'U' LARGE BORE SHEAR
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL 0.XX [.XXX] ALL ESTIMATED
SK-201075-04
APPEARING ON B/M DO NOT APPLY. ± = [] MACHINED WEIGHT:
SURFACES 144.4 KG 2246342-03-01 1 OF 1 03
INVENTOR - C
TC9598 2-36
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets

P/N 2246342-03-02
Rev. 03

1 2246490-01-02 1 Removable Con. Rod
2 2246340-03-01 1 Operating Piston
9 597197-02 1 Adhesive, Loctite
TC9598 2-37
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-38
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly
P/N 2245859-35
Rev. 03

1 237246-01 2 Adapter Plate
2 237248-01 2 Adapter Ring
3 237247-01 2 Cylinder
4 237249-03 2 Cylinder Head
5 2245682-01 2 Tailrod
6 645172-04 2 Piston
7 702585-31-00-30 16 Screw, 12pt Cap
8 702585-31-01-91 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
9 702645-34-21 2 O-Ring
10 011741-45 2 Seal, Lip
11 702645-38-42 2 O-Ring
12 2728006 2 Seal Ring
13 237245-01 2 Wear Ring
14 049223-04 2 Wear Ring
15 710542 2 Seal Ring
17 034863-62-00-34 2 Stud, Cont Thd
23 017454-08 2 Gland, Tubing
24 017454-09 2 Blind Plug
35 2709000-05-01 4 Nut, Hvy Hex
36 219065-05-15-11 4 Stud, Dbl Ended
50 710621 2 Muffler-Filter
60 2245865-35 2 Assembly Hard Piping
Accessory Item
38 219065-14-05-01 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
38 219065-14-06-41 16 Stud, Dbl Ended
39 2709000-14-01 16 Nut, Hvy Hex
Optional Item
70 2245866-35 1 Assembly Hose Piping
TC9598 2-39
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-40
DRILLING SYSTEMS
P/N 615525-11-70 (Right Hand)
Rev. 03

3 615522-04 1 Weldment, Bonnet (Close Die Forging)
5 2245884-01-02 1 Assembly Operating Piston
10 030849-03 1 Assembly Piston, Ram Change, Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
23 030313-04 2 Pin, Ram Guide
24 702645-45-81 1 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710542 1 Seal Ring
27 011741-34 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-33-71 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-61 2 O-Ring
31 702645-43-71 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-91 2 O-Ring
35 236542-28-00-50 12 Screw, 12Pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
40 236547-01 1 Retainer Ring Phosphate Plated
69 005930-17 2 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
70 2032175-08 1 Name Plate
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
TC9598 2-41
DRILLING SYSTEMS
P/N 615525-12-70 (Left Hand)
Rev. 03

3 615522-04 1 Weldment, Bonnet (Close Die Forging)
10 030849-03 1 Assembly Piston, Ram Change, Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
23 030313-04 2 Pin, Ram Guide
24 702645-45-81 1 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710542 1 Seal Ring
27 011741-34 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-33-71 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-61 2 O-Ring
31 702645-43-71 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-91 2 O Ring
35 236542-28-00-50 12 Screw, 12Pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
40 236547-01 1 Retainer Ring Phosphate Plated
69 005930-17 2 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
70 2032175-08 1 Name Plate
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
TC9598 2-42
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-43
DRILLING SYSTEMS
(1084.3
[42.69])
([19.81]
503.2
)
([17.31]
439.7
)
02
3.
([13.46]
341.9
)
2 1
NOTES : 02
1. ALL DIAMETERS ARE TO BE  0.07 [.003] F THIS DRAWING AND THE CONFIDENTIAL TRADE SECRET INFORMATION ON IT ARE THE PROPERTY OF CAMERON. POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY
2. ASSEMBLE PER 5 MACHINING SURFACE TREATMENT
3. WHEN ASSEMBLING, USE ITEM 9 LOCTITE. NO SUBSTITUTION.
THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
MILLIMETERS
[INCHES]
0. [.X]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
~ DRAWN BY:
S.PERRAT
DATE
21 Jan 14
CAMERON SYSTEMS
APPLY LOCTITE TO THIS AREA ONLY ± = [] ±° MATERIAL & HEAT TREAT CHECKED BY: DATE
F.VARGAS 28 Jan 14
ALL SHARP EDGES 0.2-0.8 [.01-.03] RADII OR 45°. 0.X [.XX]
~ APPROVED BY: DATE 20-3/4 3K AND 21-1/4 2K
4. ALL INFORMATION CONCERNING HARDNESS AND STAMP, SEE 10 SURFACE FINISH IN MICRO () INCHES (Ra).
± = [] RA
'U' LBS IN TWO PARTS
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL 0.XX [.XXX]
ON F.VARGAS 28 Jan 14
ALL ESTIMATED
SK-201075-07
213 LBS INITIAL USE B/M: SHEET REV:
SURFACES 96.6 KG 2245884-01-01 1 OF 1 02
INVENTOR - C
TC9598 2-44
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets

P/N 2245884-01-02
Rev. 02

1 615524-07 1 Operating Piston
2 644979-07-03 1 Button Operating Piston
9 597197-02 1 Adhesive, Loctite
TC9598 2-45
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 2-46
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Standard U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly

P/N 144135-15-70 (Right Hand)
Rev. 05

2 236499-71-11-08 1 Intermediate Flange
3 030835-04 1 Weldment
10 030849-03 1 Assembly Piston, Ram Change Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
23 030313-04 2 Pin, Ram Guide
24 702645-45-48 2 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710538 1 Seal Ring
27 011741-34 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-33-71 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-61 2 O-Ring
31 702645-43-71 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-91 2 O-Ring
35 702585-28-00-50 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
42 049223-10 1 Wear Ring
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
TC9598 2-47
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Standard U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly

P/N 144135-16-70 (Left Hand)
Rev. 05

2 236499-71-11-08 1 Intermediate Flange
3 030835-04 1 Weldment
10 030849-03 1 Assembly Piston, Ram Change Close
17 005930-05-10 1 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
20 212741-36-00-01 1 Seal, Lip
23 030313-04 2 Pin, Ram Guide
24 702645-45-48 2 O-Ring
25 018492-90 1 O-Ring
26 710538 1 Seal Ring
27 011741-34 1 Seal, Lip
28 702645-33-71 1 O-Ring
29 702645-33-61 2 O-Ring
31 702645-43-71 2 O-Ring
32 702645-43-91 2 O-Ring
35 702585-28-00-50 12 Screw, 12pt Cap
36 017454-08 1 Gland, Tubing
37 017454-09 1 Blind Plug
42 049223-10 1 Wear Ring
71 2245624-01 1 Blank Plate
TC9598 2-48
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-49
DRILLING SYSTEMS
(1022.4
[40.25])
([19.00]
482.6
) ([18.22]
462.8
)
([10.96]
278.4
)
3
1
NOTES : 02
1. ALL DIAMETERS ARE TO BE  0.07 [.003] F

SURFACE TREATMENT
MACHINING
2. ASSEMBLE PER 5
THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
MILLIMETERS
[INCHES]
0. [.X]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
~ DRAWN BY:
M. AUDIBERT
DATE
5 Apr 05 CAMERON SYSTEMS
3. TEST PER 6 ± = [] ±° MATERIAL & HEAT TREAT CHECKED BY: DATE

J.P. REDO 6 Apr 05
~ APPROVED BY: DATE 20-3/4 3K AND 21-1/4 2K U PIPE
± = [] RA
6 Apr 05 IN TWO PARTS
4. ALL INFORMATION CONCERNING HARDNESS AND STAMP, SEE 10 INTERPRET DRAWING PER ASME Y14.5, ASME Y14.36,
ON J.P. REDO
ALL ESTIMATED
SK-120157-05
SURFACES 77.8 KG 2245183-01-01 1 OF 1 02
INVENTOR - C
TC9598 2-50
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Operating Piston Subassembly, for Standard Bonnets

P/N 2245183-01-03
Rev. 05

1 2245184-01-03 1 Mandrel
2 2245185-01-01 1 Piston Head
3 702645-33-54 1 O-Ring
7 702515-21-20-07 3 Screw, Soc Hd Set
TC9598 2-51
DRILLING SYSTEMS
([23.29]
591.4
)
([17.120]
434.85
) 35 36
([18.120]
460.25
)
13 12
1 2 3
SECTION A-A
([13.750]
349.25
)
22.5°
23 24
17 7 B A
15 14 TOP
SECTION B-B B
6 8 5 11 4 10 9 BOTTOM
78 50 02
22.5°
FOR ONE TANDEM WEIGHT: 300 Kg THIS DRAWING AND THE CONFIDENTIAL TRADE SECRET INFORMATION ON IT ARE THE PROPERTY OF CAMERON. POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY
[661 Lbs] RIGHTS TO DISCLOSE, REPRODUCE OR USE SAME FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THAT GRANTED BY EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF CAMERON.
SURFACE TREATMENT
MACHINING
NOTES:
THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
MILLIMETERS
[INCHES]
0. [.X]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
DRAWN BY:
F MARTIN
DATE
2 Aug 11 CAMERON SYSTEMS
1. FOR HARD PIPING SEE ITEM 60 ± 2.5 = [.1] ± 2° MATERIAL & HEAT TREAT CHECKED BY: DATE
SUB ASSEMBLY
JL PUJOL 16 Sep 11
TANDEM BOOSTER COMPOSITE
2. FOR HOSE PIPING SEE ITEM 70 (OPTIONAL) 02 SURFACE FINISH IN MICRO () INCHES (Ra).
± 0.8 = [.03] 250 RA
APPROVED BY: DATE
16 Sep 11 20-3K & 21-2K U BOP
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL
ON JL PUJOL
0.XX [.XXX] ALL ESTIMATED
SK-120252-71
APPEARING ON B/M DO NOT APPLY. ± 0.38 = [.015] MACHINED WEIGHT:
SURFACES 1783.9 KG 2245859-71 1 OF 1 02
INVENTOR - C
TC9598 2-52
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 20-3/4” 3000 psi WP and
21-1/4” 2000 psi WP Subassembly
P/N 2245859-71
Rev. 05

1 2010885-01 2 Adapter Plate, Tandem Shear Booster, Composite Style
2 2245979-01 2 Adapter Booster Cylinder To Bonnet Adapter
3 2010884-04 2 Cylinder, Tandem Shear Booster, Composite Style
4 2010882-03 2 Cylinder Head, Tandem Shear Booster Composite Style
5 2010880-08 2 Tailrod Tandem Shear Booster, Composite Style
6 645172-03 2 Piston, Tandem Shear Booster, Composite Style
7 702585-31-00-30 16 Screw, 12 Pt Cap
8 702585-34-02-04 12 Screw, 12 Pt Cap
9 702645-33-71 2 O-Ring
10 011741-34 2 Seal, Lip
11 702645-38-12 2 O-Ring
12 710418 2 Seal Ring
13 645215-01 2 Wear Ring, Tandem Shear Cylinder
14 049223-01 2 Wear Ring, Operating Piston, U BOP
15 704772 2 Seal Ring
17 702533-09-10-21 2 Stud, Cont Thd
23 017454-08 2 Gland, Tubing
24 017454-09 2 Blind Plug
35 2709000-05-01 4 Nut, Hvy Hex
36 702536-05-11-71 4 Stud, Cont Thd
50 2397433-02 1 Assembly Kit Muffler
60 2245865-71 2 Assembly Hard Piping For Tandem Booster Composite
Optional Item
70 2245866-71 1 Assembly Hose Piping For Tandem Booster Composite
TC9598 2-53
DRILLING SYSTEMS
U BOP (W/O SPACER) Open / Close Positions

NOTES : Weight
1. DO NOT USE, FOR REF ONLY (TO CUT RECOMMENDED API PIPE, USE BOOSTER) Tail rod operating piston Locking screw Kg
Size / Pressure Cavity
2. ON 13-5/8 15K LB SHEAR, ASSY MUST BE USED ONLY WITH THE NEW OP.PISTON LENGHT 944.3 [37.18]. Amin B Max X min Y Max Max Turns
Pipe 58.1 [2.29] 171.5 [6.75] 367.2 [14.46] 490.9 [19.33] 19.5 31
7-1/16 5K to 15K
Booster 28.4 [1.12] 167.7 [6.60] 337.4 [13.28] 490.9 [19.33] 24.2 31
Pipe 51.5 [2.03] 216.1 [8.51] 409.5 [16.12] 596.1 [23.47] 29.4 63
11- 5K to 10K
Booster 23.0 [.91] 226.2 [8.91] 435.0 [17.13] 650.1 [25.59] 33.9 65
Pipe 70.6 [2.78] 272.8 [10.74] 565.1 [22.25] 780.7 [30.74] 34.0 120
11-15K LB Shear 73.3 [2.89] 272.3 [10.72] 567.8 [22.35] 780.7 [30.74] 33.5 120
Booster 24.4 [.96] 228.1 [8.98] 518.9 [20.43] 780.7 [30.74] 41.2 120
Pipe 72.5 [2.85] 275.3 [10.84] 484.4 [19.07] 698.1 [27.48] 33.7 117
13-5/8 5K to 10K
Booster 23.6 [.93] 270.7 [10.66] 518.1 [20.40] 780.7 [30.74] 41.3 120
Pipe 9.8 [.39] 247.6 [9.75] 464.7 [18.30] 729.3 [28.71] 41.7 96
13-5/8 15K LB Shear 9.4 [.37] 248.6 [9.79] 464.3 [18.28] 729.3 [28.71] 41.7 96
Booster 8.0 [.31] 251.5 [9.90] 462.9 [18.22] 729.3 [28.71] 42.0 96
16-3/4 5K Pipe 8.2 [.32] 258.0 [10.16] 463.1 [18.23] 729.3 [28.71] 41.9 96
Pipe 59.7 [2.35] 362.8 [14.28] 643.1 [25.32] 1017.9 [40.07] 59.0 395
18-3/4 10K
LB Shear 60.5 [2.38] 362.4 [14.27] 643.9 [25.35] 1017.9 [40.07] 58.9 395
Pipe 83.9 [3.30] 380.5 [14.98] 578.4 [22.77] 882.7 [34.75] 47.9 125
20-3/4 3K & 21-1/4 2K
Booster 15.7 [.62] 346.1 [13.63] 573.7 [22.59] 946.2 [37.25] 58.7 127
Pipe 71.0 [2.80] 422.9 [16.65] 654.4 [25.76] 1017.9 [40.07] 57.2 395
21-1/4 5K
LB Shear 71.2 [2.80] 423.1 [16.66] 654.6 [25.77] 1017.9 [40.07] 57.2 395
Pipe 62.1 [2.44] 374.6 [14.75] 645.5 [25.41] 1017.9 [40.07] 58.6 395
21-1/4 10K
LB Shear 70.7 [2.78] 416.7 [16.41] 654.2 [25.76] 1017.9 [40.07] 57.3 395
26-3/4 3K Pipe 9.1 [.36] 376.9 [14.84] 567.1 [22.33] 946.2 [37.25] 59.7 127
X= LOCKED/ CLOSED Y= UNLOCKED/ OPENED

POSITION MIN POSITION MAX
A MIN B MAX (GAP)
2 4 1
VENT HOLE ALWAYS

ON BOTTOM POSITION
SURFACE TREATMENT
MACHINING
TOLERANCES UNLESS
DO NOT SCALE DRILLING
THIRD ANGLE
DIMENSIONAL UNITS
MILLIMETERS
[INCHES]
0. [.X]
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ANGLES
DRAWN BY:
KATHIRAVAN. N
DATE
19 Oct 15
CAMERON SYSTEMS
ASSEMBLY DRAWING,
ALL SHARP EDGES 0.2-0.8 [.01-.03] RADII OR 45°. 0.X [.XX] BAGYAVATHY. K 11 Nov 15 MANUAL LOCKING SCREW,
APPROVED BY: DATE
SURFACE FINISH IN MICRO ( �) INCHES (Ra).
± = [] RA
W/O SPACER 'U' BOP
ON BOCANEGRA. M 11 Nov 15
ALL ESTIMATED
649.9 LBS INITIAL USE B/M:
SK-220755-01-01
SHEET REV:
SURFACES 294.8 KG 2396019-01-10-01 1 OF 1 01
INVENTOR - C
TC9598 2-54
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Assembly Manual Locking Screw for 20-3/4 3K And 21-1/4 2K Pipe Only U BOP’s
P/N 2396019-08-10-01
Rev. 01

1 2395840-08-01 1 Housing Manual Locking Screw
2 2395673-02-03 1 Protector Sleeve For Manual Locking Screw
3 034233-02 1 Manual Locking Screw
4 2390538-07 1 Protector Cap For Tailrod
5 219065-14-06-01 8 Stud, Dbl Ended
6 2709000-14-01 8 Nut, Hvy Hex
TC9598 2-55
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Assembly Manual Locking Screw for 20-3/4 3K, 21-1/4 2K Lb Shear Cavity
with Booster Only and 26-3/4 3K Pipe U BOP’s
P/N 2396019-08-20-01
Rev. 01

1 2395840-08-01 1 Housing Manual Locking Screw
2 2395673-02-03 1 Protector Sleeve For Manual Locking Screw
3 034233-01 1 Manual Locking Screw
4 2390538-07 1 Protector Cap For Tailrod
5 219065-14-06-01 8 Stud, Dbl Ended
6 2709000-14-01 8 Nut, Hvy Hex
TC9598 2-56
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9598 2-57
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5
1
6
CAMERON CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
SURFACE TREATMENT
CAMERON
MACHINING
DESIGNED IN INCHES
DIMENSIONAL UNITS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
~ DRAWN BY: DATE
A Schlumberger Company SYSTEMS
INCHES .X [0.] ANGLES K KULANDAIVELU 11 Aug 16
THIRD ANGLE [MILLIMETERS]
J PRABHU 11 Aug 16 SUB-ASSEMBLY RAM, UPPER SBR,
3 ALL SHARP EDGES .01-.03 [0.2-0.8] RADII OR 45°. .XX [0.X]
~ APPROVED BY: DATE
18-3/4 10K UII BOP
± = [] RA
11 Aug 16
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL
ON C GUADALUPE
.XXX [0.XX] ALL ESTIMATED
SK-223209-02
SURFACES 336.8 KG 2010704-01 1 OF 1 01
INVENTOR - D
TC9598 2-58
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, SBR Lower for 21-1/14” U BOP

P/N 046783-02-00-06
Rev. 01

1 046785-01-00-05 1 Body, SBR - Lower
2 2301586-01 1 Packer, SBR 350 Severe Service
4 2164113-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™ Severe Service
TC9598 2-59
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4 1
5
CAMERON CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
SURFACE TREATMENT
CAMERON
MACHINING
DESIGNED IN INCHES
DIMENSIONAL UNITS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
~ DRAWN BY: DATE
A Schlumberger Company SYSTEMS
INCHES .X [0.] ANGLES K KULANDAIVELU 10 Aug 16
THIRD ANGLE [MILLIMETERS]
.XX [0.X] J PRABHU 10 Aug 16 SUB-ASSEMBLY RAM, LOWER SBR,
± = [] RA ~ APPROVED BY: DATE
18-3/4 10K UII BOP
2 INTERPRET DRAWING PER ASME Y14.5, ASME Y14.36, ON C GUADALUPE 10 Aug 16
AND AWS A2.4 STANDARDS. SEE B/M FOR MATERIAL .XXX [0.XX] ALL ESTIMATED
SK-223209-01
SURFACES 269 KG 2010703-01 1 OF 1 01
INVENTOR - D
TC9598 2-60
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, SBR Upper for 21-1/14” U BOP

P/N 046783-01-00-06
Rev. 01

1 046784-01-00-05 1 Body, SBR - Upper
TC9598 2-61
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe 7” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP

P/N 236534-21-04-04
Rev. 01

1 236534-21-04-03 1 Pipe Ram Body 7" OD Pipe
2 2163613-09 1 Camram 7.000 Casing Packer
3 2163621-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-62
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe 5-1/2” and 5-9/16” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP
P/N 044256-07-00-06
Rev. 01

1 044193-02-00-04 1 Body, Pipe Hangoff Ram
2 2163613-07 1 CAMRAM™, Pipe Packer
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-63
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP

P/N 044256-06-00-03
Rev. 02

1 645328-03-00-03 1 Body, Hangoff Ram
2 2163613-06 1 CAMRAM™, Pipe Packer
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-64
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Casing Ram for 13-3/8” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP
P/N 044256-18-00-03
Rev. 01

1 044194-03-00-03 1 Body, Pipe Ram
2 2164105-17 1 Casing Packer, CAMRAM™ Severe Service
1 2
SD-11073-99
TC9598 2-65
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Lower for 13-5/8” U BOP
P/N 2163019-02-06
Rev. 02

1 2163018-04 1 Body, SBR - Lower
2 644832-03-00-01 1 Side Packer, Left Hand, SBR
3 644833-03-00-01 1 Side Packer, Right Hand, SBR
4 644709-01-00-01 1 Top Seal
5 644581-02-00-02 1 Insert, Blade - Lower SBR
6 200231 2 Pin, Spirol
U BOP H2S Shearing Blind Ram

SD-017509
TC9598 2-66
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Upper for 13-5/8” U BOP
P/N 2163019-01-06
Rev. 02

1 2163017-04 1 Body, H2s SBR - Upper
2 644834-02-00-01 1 Blade Packer, SBR
3 644832-03-00-01 1 Side Packer, Left Hand, SBR
4 644833-03-00-01 1 Side Packer, Right Hand, SBR
5 644709-01-00-01 1 Top Seal
6 2164281-02 1 Insert Blade, Upper SBR
7 644582-01 2 Modified Set Screw
U BOP H2S Shearing Blind Ram

SD-017509
TC9598 2-67
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 7” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP

P/N 644228-15-00-03
Rev. 01

0 044146-01-00-05 1 Body, CSG Ram
0 644226-01-00-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™
0 644227-15-00-01 1 Packer, CSG - CAMRAM™
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-68
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5-1/2” and 5-9/16” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP
P/N 644228-12-00-02
Rev. 03

0 2724029-04-20 1 Body, Hangoff Ram
0 644226-01-00-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™
0 644227-12-00-01 1 Packer, Pipe - CAMRAM™
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-69
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5.00” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP
P/N 644228-11-00-04
Rev. 01

0 644226-01-00-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™
0 644227-11-00-01 1 Packer, Pipe - CAMRAM™
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-70
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 3-1/2” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP
P/N 2164172-05-01
Rev. 01

0 644226-01-00-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAM™
0 644227-05-00-01 1 Pkr, Od Pipe, CAMRAM™
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-71
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 9-5/8” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP

P/N 644228-20-00-04
Rev. 01

0 044146-05-00-05 1 Body, CSG Ram
0 644226-01-00-01 1 Top Seal, CAMRAMTM
0 644227-20-00-01 1 Packer, CSG - CAMRAMTM
Top Seal
Ram Packer
U BOP Pipe Ram

SD-017508
TC9598 2-72
DRILLING SYSTEMS
13-5/8” 10,000 PSI WP DL ANNULAR

BLOWOUT PREVENTER (03-2016.01)
I. PHYSICAL DATA
A. Lubricants
1. Thread lubricant, API-5A-Lub, Fel-Pro Paste #670, or Sweeney Paste #503 (4-lb can
P/N 2359663-01).
2. Multi-purpose lubricant or grease.
3. Multi-purpose lubricant or grease for cold weather operation.
4. Hydraulic operating system:
a. Storage - P/N 718100 (Marston Bentley Preservation Fluid).
b. Standard Operation - Use a fresh water lubricant that forms a true solution
rather than an emulsion when mixed with water and/or antifreeze.
B. Dimensional Drawings
1. SK-013908-01 - 13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP DL Annular BOP
C. Drawings with Bills of Material
1. SK-013908-01 - 13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP DL Annular BOP
D. Weights and External Dimensions
1. Total estimated weight: 31,967 lb

2. Lifting lug capacity for each lug: 35 tons
3. Maximum capacity of all four lugs used together: 140 tons
E. Lifting and Handling
1. Lift BOP assemblies only with slings appropriately rated for the maximum weight of
the BOP.
2. Handle all other subassemblies using appropriately rated slings.
F. External Thread Connections
1. NPT Size for Open and Close Ports: 1-1/2”-11-1/2” NPT (Standard Offering)
(Other interfaces may be available upon request. Check with engineering.)
G. Hydraulic Operating System Requirements
1. U.S. Gallons to Open: 15.22 Liters 57.61

2. U.S. Gallons to Close: 17.10 Liters 64.73
3. Normal pressure for hydraulic operating system is 1500 psi (103.4 bars).
4. Maximum pressure for hydraulic operating system is 3000 psi (206.8 bars).
TC9598 2-73
DRILLING SYSTEMS
H. Torque Specifications
1. Inner Cylinder Nuts (item 31):

1534 ft-lb (2080 N•m) for lubricant with 0.07 coefficient of friction
2. Pusher Plate Screws (item 36):
I. API Drift
1. API drift for 13-5/8”-10,000 psi is 13.595”.
J. Service Tools and Equipment
Item Description Wrench Size

11 Actuator Screw Assembly 1-7/16” Socket
31 Inner Cylinder Nut 2” Socket
33 Flange Nut 2-15/16” Wrench
34 Lock Ring Access Port Plug 2” Wrench
35 Hydraulic Port Plug 1-7/16” Wrench
36 Pusher Plate Screw 5/8” Allen
37 Actuator Ring Stop Screw 1” Allen
45 Insert Retaining Screw 3/8” Allen
46 Oil Injection Fitting 7/16” Socket
K. Temperature Rating of Annular BOP Packers
1. Standard Service - API 16A 3rd Edition Temperate Rating XX
There is no industry accepted method of establishing

BOP temperature ratings at this time. These are
estimates based on lab testing and field performance.
Temperature ratings for rubber components must
take into account the environmental exposure history,
the chemical environment while at temperature, and
other factors. Therefore, a single number rating can be
misleading if all conditions are not understood.
II. APPLICABLE OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
A. Packer/Donut Assembly
1. The packer is a cylinder of molded rubber combined with 16 steel reinforcing

inserts.
2. The donut is made of homogeneous molded rubber that surrounds the packer.
TC9598 2-74
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. The packer inserts are flanged on the top and bottom.

4. The shape of the flanges have been designed to maintain an unbroken barrier of
steel above and below the packer rubber as the packer is closed, regardless of the
size or shape of the pipe or tool in the bore.
5. The uninterrupted barrier reduces rubber extrusion, even under high bore pressure.
6. The rubber on the ID of the packer forms a pressure tight seal against the pipe or
the tool in the BOP bore.
B. Hydraulic Operating System
1. The annular BOP does not depend upon wellbore pressure to close the packer.
2. Closing pressure must be maintained to the operating system to hold the packer in
the closed position.
3. This independence of wellbore pressure gives the operator control of the rubber
pressure on the pipe, reduces packer extrusion, and can significantly increase
packer life when the BOP is used for stripping.
C. Closing the Annular BOP
1. Hydraulic fluid is pumped into the closing chamber to force the piston and the
pusher plate upward against the donut.
2. The pusher plate squeezes the donut, forcing the donut to expand inward.
3. The inward displacement of the donut forces the packer inward toward the center
of the bore.
D. Opening the Annular BOP
1. Hydraulic fluid is pumped into the opening chamber to force the piston and pusher
plate downward.
2. As pusher plate is withdrawn, the donut returns to its relaxed shape, allowing
packer to return to its fully open position.
III. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
A. Part Preparation Prior to Disassembly
The work area should be clean and well-lit.
B. BOP Disassembly
1. Clean the outside of the BOP body (item 1). Use high pressure water and detergent
to clean mud and debris from the outside of the BOP.
2. Make sure the BOP is fully open. Apply opening pressure and allow pressure to
build up to the regulator pressure and make sure that the packer is completely
open.
3. Remove and bleed all operating pressure.
TC9598 2-75
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4. Vent the operating system. Remove the plugs from the unused open and close
ports on the BOP body. This will eliminate the possibility of accidental operation of
the BOP once the quick-release top is unlocked.
5. Inspect the top trash seal (item 16). If the seal is damaged, it should be replaced as
soon as possible, to keep mud and debris out of the mechanism of the quick-release
top (item 2).
6. Open the access flaps on the top trash seal (item 16). Clean out the cavity around
the head of each actuator screw. Do not reuse the grease removed from these
cavities.
7. Grease the actuator screws (item 11). Inject a molybdenum disulfide or graphite-
loaded grease fitting in the head of each actuator screw, until grease is forced up
through the threads and comes out underneath the head of the actuator screw.
The actuator screws should be greased before unlocking

the quick-release top. This should be done EVERY time
the top is unlocked. This will make the screws turn more
easily and reduce the possibility of thread galling.
8. To prepare for the removal of the quick-release top (item 2), install eye bolts in the
tapped holes in the top.
9. Using two wrenches, operate the actuator screws (item 11) in pairs of two adjacent
(not opposite) screws, alternately lifting first one side of the actuator ring and then
the other. Turn each actuator screw counterclockwise, a few turns at a time, or
until the screw starts to bind. A socket wrench with a 12-inch handle works well for
turning these screws.
If only one wrench is used, the wrench should be

moved from one screw to the next, moving in the same
direction around the ring.
10. When the actuator screws can no longer be turned using a wrench with a 12-inch
handle, the actuator ring (item 10) has reached its uppermost position, and the
quick-release top should be fully unlocked.
11. Clean out the vent ports using a stiff wire or rod. Attach lifting chains to the lifting
eyes in the top and lift the quick-release top out of the BOP body. If the top is
pulled at an angle instead of straight out, the top may bind in the BOP body.
Dried mud or clogged vent ports may cause the quick-

release top to stick in the BOP body. When lifting force
is applied, the top may break loose suddenly. Use safe
rigging and lifting procedures to avoid injury.
TC9598 2-76
DRILLING SYSTEMS
The packer and donut may hang up in the quick-release

top as the quick-release top is lifted out of the BOP
body, and then fall from the quick-release top.
If the packer and donut (item 7) hangs in the quick-

release top, lower the top to the floor, then insert a pry
bar through the bore FROM ABOVE and pry the donut
loose.
12. Set the quick-release top (item 2) down on a flat, clean surface.
13. Remove and inspect the top trash seal (item 16), being careful not to damage the
seal.
14. Remove the actuator ring stop screws (item 37).
15. To remove the actuator ring/lock ring assembly, install eye bolts in the tapped holes
in the actuator ring (item 10), and lift the assembly off the quick-release top.
16. Pull each actuator screw (item 11) from its slotted recess in the actuator ring (item
10). Remove the pair of actuator screw bearings (item 17) from each actuator screw.
DO NOT remove the grease fitting from the head of the actuator screw unless it is
damaged.
17. Remove and inspect the top ID (item 66) and top OD (item 67) seal rings.
To remove seals, use a dull tool, such as a screwdriver

blade with the sharp edges removed. Insert the tool
under the seal at one point, and carefully stretch the
seal out of the groove by pulling the tool around the
entire circumference of the groove. A sharp tool may
damage the seal or the seal groove.
18. Install eye bolts in the tapped holes in the top of the packer, attach lifting chains,
and lift the packer out of the BOP body. If the donut does not come out with the
packer, use a pry bar to lift the donut in order to get a lifting strap around the
donut.
19. Install eye bolts in the tapped holes in the support plate (item 15) and remove it
from the BOP.
20. Remove the outer cylinder lock ring (item 14).
Older model BOPs may not be equipped with this lock

ring. If this is the case, move on to step 22.
TC9598 2-77
DRILLING SYSTEMS
21. Remove the outer cylinder lock segments (item 13). Use a pry bar or a long flat
head screwdriver to assist in the removal of the lock segments.
22. Use an air wrench to remove the inner cylinder nuts (item 31).
23. Remove the pusher plate screws (item 36).
24. Install lifting eyes into the pusher plate (item 6) and remove it from the BOP.
25. Apply low pressure hydraulic fluid (up to 300 psi) to the BOP close port. Release the
pressure as soon as the seal leaks.
26. Install lifting eyes into the tapped holes in the top of the inner cylinder (item 4).
Attach lifting chains and lift the operating system out of the BOP body (item 1).
C. Disassembly of the Operating System Outside the BOP
1. If the pusher plate (item 6) has not been removed, remove the pusher plate screws
(item 36) and then lift the pusher plate (item 6) off the piston (item 3).
2. Install lift shackles into the threaded holes for the pusher plate screws in the top of
the piston (item 3).
3. Raise the operating system and install lift shackles into the holes in the bottom of
the piston (item 3).
4. Position and secure the operating system in such a way that the operating system
will be on a flat level surface and also provide a means to use the shackles on the
bottom of the piston secure it to a fixed surface or heavy object.
5. Secure the piston (item 3) via the shackles on the bottom of the piston so it cannot
move vertically.
6. Remove the lift shackles from the top of the piston.
7. Install lift shackles to the top of the outer cylinder.
8. Install straps/chains to the shackles in the outer cylinder.
9. Lift outer cylinder off of the piston and set aside on a flat surface.
10. Install lift shackles to the top of the inner cylinder.
11. Install straps/chains to the shackles in the inner cylinder.
12. Lift the inner cylinder off of the piston and set aside on a flat surface.
13. Remove all seals and wear bands from the piston, inner cylinder and outer cylinder.
14. Inspect all grooves and surfaces for defects and address issues as appropriate.
IV. ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
A. Part Preparation Prior to Assembly

1. Remove all dirt, grit, oil, and contaminants from the ID sealing surfaces of the body
and all fluid passageways. Clean detergent and fresh water should be used for
cleaning. High pressure air may also be used if it is dry air.
2. Clean the piston, the outer and inner cylinder, and the quick-release top using
clean detergent and fresh water. Lubricate areas that will come in contact with
other parts.
TC9598 2-78
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. Sealed elastomer containers should not be opened until they are required for
assembly. This is to prevent contamination and damage to the seals.
B. Assembly of the Quick-Release Top Outside the BOP
1. Place quick-release top (item 2) on a pallet with the flange stud holes looking up.
2. Assuming actuator screw inserts (item 12) were removed, apply anti-seize to the
outside threads of the four actuator screw inserts and install them into the tapped
holes of the quick-release top until the top of insert is flush with the top of the
hole. The top of each insert is slotted to allow the insert to be turned with a
screwdriver blade.
The easiest way to install an insert is to first thread it

onto an actuator screw and then use the actuator screw
as an insertion tool.
3. Apply anti-seize to the threads of the four insert retaining screws (item 45). Install
the insert retaining screws and tighten them securely with an Allen wrench.
4. Apply a light coat of grease to the outside surface (the teeth) of the split lock ring
(item 9) and apply a heavy coat of grease to the inside surface of the split lock ring.
Also, completely fill the axial grooves on the inside of the ring.
5. Position actuator ring (item 10) inside the split lock ring (item 9).
6. Install actuator screws (item 11) into the actuator ring (item 10) by first suspending
the actuator ring/lock ring assembly above the quick-release top (item 2). Apply
grease to the threads of actuator screws and to actuator screw bearings (item 17).
Install a bearing on the top side and another on the bottom side of actuator screw
head. Slide each actuator screw into its recess in actuator ring.
7. Install actuator ring/lock ring assembly on the quick-release top (item 2). Slowly
lower actuator ring/lock ring assembly into place on the quick-release top until
actuator screws can be started in the threads of actuator screw inserts.
8. When all four actuator screws (item 11) are started (at least two threads) in the
actuator screw inserts (item 12) without binding, remove lifting chains.
9. Using two wrenches, operate actuator screws (item 11) in pairs of two adjacent
(NOT OPPOSITE) screws, alternately lowering first one side of actuator ring and
then the other. Turn each screw clockwise, a few turns at a time, or until the screw
starts to bind. A socket wrench with a 12” handle works well for turning these
screws.
If only one wrench is used, it should be moved from one

screw to the next in the same direction around the ring.
10. Using actuator screws (item 11), lower actuator ring (item 10) approximately 1” so
actuator ring stop screws (item 37) can be installed.
11. Apply anti-seize compound to the threads of actuator stop screws (item 37) and
seat all four screws fully before tightening any of them.
TC9598 2-79
DRILLING SYSTEMS
12. Install the quick-release top OD seal (item 67) with sealing lips facing the body.
13. Using lifting chains, raise entire top assembly and install the top ID backup ring
(item 71) and seal ring (item 66). Lubricate this seal with grease AFTER backup ring
and seal ring are installed.
C. Assembly of the Hydraulic Operating System Outside the BOP
It is strongly recommended and encouraged to use the annular assembly tool for the
assembly and installation of annular hydraulic operating system.
Reference: Inner cylinder (item 4)
Outer cylinder (item 5)
Piston (item 3)
Pusher plate (item 6)
1. Install the bearing rings, seal rings, and wiper rings on the piston.
a. Install the piston ID seal ring (item 61). The lip faces down.
b. Install the piston ID bearing ring (item 51).
c. Install the piston OD seal ring (item 62). The lip faces down.
d. Install the piston OD bearing ring (item 54).
2. Install the bearing rings, seal rings, and wiper rings on the outer cylinder.
a. Install the outer cylinder ID wiper ring (item 56). The scraper end is up.
b. Install the outer cylinder ID bearing ring (item 53).
c. Install the outer cylinder ID seal ring (upper) (68). The lip faces up.
d. Install the outer cylinder ID seal ring (lower) (item 63). The lip faces down.
e. Install the outer cylinder OD seal ring (upper) (item 64). The lip faces down.
f. Install the outer cylinder OD seal ring (lower) (item 65). The lip faces down.
3. Install the bearing rings, seal rings, and wiper rings on the inner cylinder.
a. Install the inner cylinder ID seal ring (upper) (item 58). The lip faces up.
b. Install the inner cylinder ID seal ring (lower) (item 59). The lip faces down.
c. Install the inner cylinder OD wiper ring (item 57). The scraper end is up.
d. Install the inner cylinder OD bearing ring (item 52).
e. Install the inner cylinder OD seal ring (upper) (item 69). The lip faces up.
f. Install the inner the cylinder OD seal ring (lower) (item 60). The lip faces down.
4. Install pusher plate OD wear ring (item 55).
D. Assembly of Inner Cylinder onto Piston
1. Apply a light coat of light grease or STP oil treatment to inner surface of piston and
to the outer surface of inner cylinder.
2. Place piston (item 3) on a flat, clean surface.
3. Lower inner cylinder (item 4) onto piston (item 3).
4. Keep inner cylinder (item 4) level and ensure the seals do not slip out of the
grooves and become pinched or cut as inner cylinder slides into piston (item 3).
TC9598 2-80
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5. Lower inner cylinder (item 4) slowly and inspect each seal as it engages with piston
(item 3).
6. Seat the inner cylinder (item 4) on piston (item 3) by placing a packer (item 7) on
the inner cylinder and then set the BOP body (item 1) on top of the packer. The
weight of the BOP body should be sufficient to seat the inner cylinder on piston.
7. Remove the BOP body (item 1) and packer (item 7), and then install lifting eyes
in the piston (item 3). Lift assembly. Inspect the underside of piston to ensure the
piston ID seal ring and piston ID bearing ring have not extruded out of the groove.
E. Assembly of the Outer Cylinder onto the Piston
1. Apply a light coat of light grease or STP oil treatment to outer surface of piston.
2. Place piston/inner cylinder assembly on a flat, clean surface.
3. Apply a light coat of light grease or STP oil treatment to inner surface of outer
cylinder (item 5).
4. Slowly lower outer cylinder (item 5) onto the piston (item 3). Keep outer cylinder
level and ensure seals do not slip out of the grooves and become pinched or cut as
cylinder slides onto piston. Inspect each seal as it engages with piston.
5. Seat the outer cylinder on piston by placing quick-release top (item 2) on the outer
cylinder (item 5), then place the BOP body (item 1) on the quick-release top. The
combined weight should be sufficient to seat the outer cylinder on piston.
6. Remove the BOP body (item 1) and quick-release top (item 2), and then install
lifting eyes in the piston.
7. Lift the assembly and inspect the bottom of the piston to ensure the piston OD seal
ring and piston OD bearing ring have not extruded.
F. Preparation of the BOP Body
1. Install inner cylinder studs (item 30) into the BOP body (item 1). Be sure to coat
studs with anti-seize thread lubricant.
2. Lubricate the interior of the body by applying a light coat of grease or STP oil
treatment to the inside of the body below locking grooves.
Make certain any plugs installed in the vents of the BOP

body have been removed and that all control system
lines have been disconnected from the BOP. Otherwise,
it may be impossible to seat operating system in the BOP
body.
G. Assembly of the Pusher Plate to the Operating System
1. Clean the tapped holes in the top of piston (item 3).

2. Lower the pusher plate (item 6) onto the top of piston (item 3).
3. Apply anti-seize compound to pusher plate screws (item 36) and install them.
TC9598 2-81
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4. Fully seat all pusher plate screws (item 36) and tighten to 190 ft-lb (258 N•m) if
using a lubricant with a friction factor of 0.07, or 319 ft-lb (432 N•m) if using a
lubricant with a friction factor of 0.13.
5. Install freeze plugs (item 81) into pusher plate (item 6) above each push plate screw
(item 36) and press in until flush with the top surface of pusher plate.
H. Installation of the Operating System as a Unit into the BOP Body
1. Lubricate the interior of the body by applying a light coat of light clean oil to the
inside of the body below the locking grooves.
Make certain that any plugs installed in the vents of

the BOP body have been removed, and that all control
system lines have been disconnected from the BOP.
Otherwise, it may be impossible to seat the operating
system in the BOP body.
2. Install eye bolts in the tapped holes in the top of the inner cylinder. Do not attempt
to lift the operating system using eye bolts installed in the outer cylinder.
3. Attach lifting chains and suspend the operating system above the BOP body.
4. Apply a light coat of light clean oil to the outer surface of the operating system.
5. Line up the holes in the inner cylinder with the studs in the BOP body, then slowly
lower the operating system into place.
6. Make certain the lip seals on the outside of the outer cylinder are not forced out
of the seal grooves, and use care not to pinch or cut them during the assembly
process.
7. Remove the lifting eyes from the inner cylinder.
8. Apply anti-seize compound to the threads of the inner cylinder nuts (not to the
studs).
9. Draw the inner cylinder into place with the inner cylinder nuts.
If the inner cylinder is sitting so high in the BOP body

that the inner cylinder nuts cannot be started onto the
inner cylinder studs, place a few nuts on top of the inner
cylinder between the stud holes. Then place a packer on
top of the nuts and use the quick-release top as a weight
to force the inner cylinder down into the body.
10. Install the inner cylinder nuts and tighten them evenly to 2220 ft-lb.
11. Make sure the outer cylinder is properly seated. The shoulder of the outer cylinder
should be level with or slightly lower than the adjacent inner shoulder of the BOP
body.
TC9598 2-82
DRILLING SYSTEMS
If the outer cylinder is too high in the BOP body, place

three heavy hex nuts of the same size on the outer
shoulder of the outer cylinder. Stand the nuts on edge,
if necessary, and space the nuts evenly around the
cylinder. Do not allow the nuts to protrude beyond the
outer edge of the outer cylinder. The inner cylinder nuts
are suitable for this application. Use the quick-release
top as a weight to seat the outer cylinder. Lower the top
into the BOP body, and set it down on the nuts.
If this extra weight does not succeed in setting the

outer cylinder, the 13-5/8” 5M/10M Assembly tool (P/N
2395747-01) can be utilized to set the Outer Cylinder.
12. Install the outer cylinder lock segments in the groove on top of the outer cylinder.
13. Install the lock segment retaining ring next to the lock segments.
14. Lower the support plate into place inside the pusher plate. Make certain the
recesses in the underside of the support plate fit down over the inner cylinder
studs. The support plate should rest evenly on the inner cylinder nuts.
I. Final Assembly
1. Lubricate the inside of the BOP body by applying a light coat of light clean oil.
2. Apply a light coat of grease or light machine oil to the teeth of the lock ring and
the lower surface of the quick-release top.
3. Lubricate the OD and ID of the donut (item 7) with a light coat of grease. Make
certain the donut is installed top side up. The word “TOP” is molded into the
rubber and the top side of the donut has a long, smooth bevel on the OD. Use a
fabric sling to lift the donut into the BOP.
4. Attach eye bolts to the top of the inserts on the packer. Attach lifting chains to the
eye bolts. Lift the packer into the BOP and position the packer inside the donut.
Make sure the packer is installed top side up.
5. Lower the assembled quick-release top into the BOP body.
The quick-release top is designed to rest on the shoulder

within the BOP body which is just below the locking
grooves. When the top is resting on the shoulder, the
upper surface of the top is flush with the upper surface
of the BOP body. The top must be in this position before
it can be locked.
6. Lock the quick-release top with the actuator screws. The quickest and easiest way
to lock the quick-release top is to use two wrenches.
7. Operate the actuator screws in pairs of two adjacent (NOT OPPOSITE) screws,
alternately lowering first one side of the actuator ring and then the other.
TC9598 2-83
DRILLING SYSTEMS
8. Turn each actuator screw clockwise, a few turns at a time, or until the screw starts
to bind. A socket wrench with a 12-inch handle works well for turning these screws.
9. When the actuator screws can no longer be turned with the 12-inch wrench, the
actuator ring should be in its lowermost position. When the actuator ring is in this
position, the teeth of the lock ring are fully engaged in the locking grooves of the
BOP body, and the upper surface of the top trash seal is approximately flush with
the upper surface of the quick-release top. The quick-release top is now locked.
10. Grease the actuator screws with molybdenum disulfide or graphite-loaded grease
in the grease fitting.
11. Pack the cavity around the head of each actuator screw with clean grease.
12. Close the access flaps of the top trash seal.
13. Reinstall the pipe plugs which were removed to vent the operating system. Use TFE
thread-sealing tape on the plugs.
14. Verify operation of the BOP.
V. OPERATION PROCEDURES
A. Normal Operation
1. Operating Pressure – General Recommendations

a. A minimum closing pressure of 1500 psi (103.4 bars) is required to close and seal
the BOP on pipe. Higher closing pressures (up to the rated working pressure of
3000 psi (206.8 bars) may be necessary, depending upon packer condition, pipe
size, and ambient temperature.
b. Closing pressure should never be reduced below 1500 psi (103.4 bars), except
when stripping. It is only during stripping that reduced closing pressure is ben-
eficial in prolonging packer life.
c. A minimum opening pressure of 1500 psi (103.4 bars) is required for reliable
operation. The operating system will not be damaged by repeated application
of up to 3000 psi (206.8 bars) opening pressure.
2. Closing the BOP on pipe or tools
a. To close the BOP on pipe or tools, apply closing pressure while venting the open-
ing port.
b. If well fluid leaks past the packer, increase closing pressure as necessary until the
leakage stops, but do not exceed 3000 psi (206.8 bars).
c. Closing pressure must be continuously applied in order to hold the packer in the
closed position.
3. Closing the BOP on open hole
a. To close the BOP on open hole, apply the maximum available closing pressure
(not to exceed 3000 psi (206.8 bars)) while venting the opening port.
TC9598 2-84
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Every annular packer (including replacement packers)

has been tested on open hole with a wellbore pressure
of one half the rated working pressure of the BOP,
according to API 16A, latest edition. As a packer wears,
its ability to close and seal on open hole will decrease,
even though it may continue to hold full rated working
pressure when closing on pipe.
4. Opening the BOP

a. To open the BOP, apply opening pressure while venting the closing port. Open-
ing pressure must never exceed 3000 psi (206.8 bars).
Operating system control valves may develop internal

leakage. This leakage may cause either the opening
or the closing line to be pressurized when the valve
handle is set to “Neutral” or “No Pressure”. This could
result in unintended closing of the BOP. It is therefore
recommended that the control valve handle be left in
the “Open” position at all times when the operator
wishes the BOP to be open.
Cameron Engineering Bulletin EB527 documents

stripping procedures.
B. Stripping Pipe Through the Closed BOP
1. Before stripping pipe through the closed BOP, make certain the hydraulic control
system and the control piping conforms to the following requirements:
a. A nitrogen-precharged surge bottle of 10 gallon capacity
b. A pneumatically-controlled or hydraulically-controlled self-relieving pressure
regulator
c. A control valve of the non-check type.
The purpose of these items is to reduce the pressure

surge which occurs in the BOP closing chamber each
time a tool joint enters the closed packer. High pressure
surges cause excessive and unnecessary packer wear.
2. Stripping Procedure
a. Check the surge bottle precharge pressure. A 10-gal (37.9 liters) surge bottle,
TC9598 2-85
DRILLING SYSTEMS
precharged to a pressure of 300 to 400 psi (20.7-27.6 bars), will normally give
proper stripping performance with all annular sizes.
b. Open the valve between the surge bottle and the BOP closing line.
c. Vent the opening chamber by removing the pipe plug from the unused opening
port.
d. Keep the packer lubricated while stripping to prevent excessive wear. Do not
move dry pipe through the packer, except in an emergency.
e. When stripping out of the hole, leakage of well fluid (if other than dry gas) will
provide adequate lubrication.
f. When stripping into the well, apply lubricant to the pipe, and especially to the
tool joints or couplings. Suitable lubricants, in order of preference, are:
1.) Oil
2.) Oil-Base Drilling Mud
3.) Water-Base Drilling Mud
4.) Water with Gel
5.) Plain Water
g. Control the closing pressure by using the lowest practical closing pressure when
stripping.
h. Reduce the closing pressure until well fluid leaks slightly between the pipe and
the packer while the pipe is in motion. This leakage lubricates the packer, thus
reducing packer wear.
i. If the packer is closed tightly enough to eliminate all leakage, packer wear will
be greatly increased. The graph below shows the approximate closing pressure
required to seal a given bore pressure when stripping.
j. As a new packer begins to wear
during stripping, sealing is SD-10779-99
improved, and the closing pressure

required to seal on pipe will 1500
5000 psi BOP
decrease. For this reason, closing 1400
1300
pressure should be reduced as often
1200
as is necessary to maintain slight 1100
CLOSING PRESSURE (PSI)
leakage for lubrication of the 1000 10,000 PSI BOP

packer. 900
800
k. When the packer has become
700
severely worn during stripping, 600
leakage will begin to increase. 500
When leakage cannot be controlled 400
by increasing the closing pressure, 300
the packer is nearly worn out, and 200
arrangements should be made to 100
replace packer and donut.

1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10,000
l. Observe the pressure gauge on

the BOP closing port as a tool joint WELL PRESSURE (PSI)
approaches and enters the packer.
If the drill string is moved slowly
enough, the pressure surge in the BOP closing chamber during entry of a tool
TC9598 2-86
DRILLING SYSTEMS
joint should be 100 psi (13.8 bars) or less.

The faster the tool joint enters the packer, the greater will be the pressure
surge. If the pressure surge as tool joint enters the packer is greater than 100 psi
(13.8 bars), packer wear will be excessive.
VI. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A. Routine Maintenance
1. Preparation and Safeguards Prior to Maintenance

a. Use high-pressure water to clean mud and debris from the outside of the BOP.
b. Apply opening pressure and allow pressure to build up to regulator pressure.
Make certain that packer (item 7) is completely open.
c. Make certain all pressure is bled from both the opening and closing lines.
d. Vent operating system by removing the pipe plugs (item 35) from the unused
opening and closing ports on the BOP body (item 1).
e. Inspect the top trash seal (item 16) for damage.
f. Clean out the cavity around the head of each actuator screw (item 11).
g. Grease actuator screws (item 11).
The actuator screws should be greased before unlocking

the quick-release top. This should be done every time
the top is unlocked. This will make the screws turn more
easily and will reduce the possibility of thread galling.
2. Inspection and Change-Out of Packer and Donut (Item 7)

a. The packer (item 7) should be inspected weekly, after every pressure test, be-
tween wells, after stripping, and in the event of a packer leak.
b. The packer (item 7) should be replaced if there are vertical cracks or tears across
the full height of sealing surface. Also, if a large portion of sealing surface has
been gouged away, or if packer has been exposed to hydrogen sulfide at tem-
peratures in excess of 200º F (93.3º C), packer should be replaced.
3. Between-Well Servicing
a. Between-well servicing consists of cleaning debris from the inside of the BOP
body (item 1) and inspecting the packer and donut (item 7), followed by a test
of the packer. The quick-release top (item 2), packer and donut must be re-
moved for this cleaning and inspection.
b. Once the packer (item 7), donut (item 7) and quick-release top (item 2) have
been reinstalled, the API hydraulic test (packer test), in accordance with API RP
53, is performed. It is not necessary to open or service the operating system at
this time, as long as the specified operating fluids have been used.
4. Disassembly and Cleaning
a. Remove quick-release top (item 2).
TC9598 2-87
DRILLING SYSTEMS
b. Clean quick-release top (item 2) by using high-pressure water. Make certain the
lower surface of quick-release top, split lock ring (item 9) and actuator ring (item
10) are clean.
c. Remove, clean and inspect the top trash seal (item 16).
d. Reinstall top trash seal (item 16).
e. Inspect the seals and wiper rings on the quick-release top (item 2), and if the
quick-release top is removed, replace the lip seal (item 66) and backup ring (item
71).
f. Remove, clean and inspect packer and donut (item 7).
g. Remove the wear plate (item 40) and support plate (item 15).
h. Clean out the inside of the BOP body (item 1).
i. Clean out the vent ports with a stiff wire or rod.
j. Remove the freeze plugs (item 81) from pusher plate (item 6).
5. Reassembly
a. Check tightness of pusher plate screws (item 36) and ensure they are torqued to
190 ft-lb (258 N•m) if using a lubricant with a friction factor of 0.07, or 319 ft-lb
(432 N•m) if using a lubricant with a friction factor of 0.13.
b. Install the freeze plugs (item 81) into pusher plate (item 6) above each push
plate screw (item 36) and press in until flush with the top surface of pusher
plate.
c. Make certain outer cylinder (item 5) is fully seated.
d. Apply a light coat of grease or light machine oil to the inside of the BOP body
(item 1).
e. Lubricate the teeth of split lock ring (item 9) and lower surface of quick-release
top (item 2).
f. Install support plate (item 15) and wear plate (item 40).
g. Install donut and packer (item 7).
h. Replace and install the quick-release top ID lip seal with sealing lip facing up.
i. Install quick-release top (item 2).
j. Verify operation of the BOP and test according to API RP 53.
B. Periodic Maintenance
1. Every two years, or as required by the appropriate regulatory agency, completely

disassemble the preventer and:
a. Clean all parts. Do not use a wire brush on sealing areas.
b. Replace all rubber seals, gaskets and O-rings.
c. Replace the packer and donut according to its physical condition.
d. Repair or replace damaged metal parts.
e. After reassembly, test the packer and operating system in accordance with this
manual.
TC9598 2-88
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VII. TESTING
A. Hydraulic Systems Test
1. Install strip chart recorder and identify device.

2. Vent the open side hydraulic chamber.
3. Apply 3000 psi (206.8 bars) to the close port as follows:
a. Pump up accumulator pressure to at least 3000 psi (206.8 bars). The accumulator
volume must be at least four times the volume required to close the BOP.
b. Move control valve to close position. The closing pressure at the BOP must be up
to 3000 psi (206.8 bars) within five minutes after moving control valve to close
position. Less than five minutes would be preferable.
c. Allow pressure to stabilize. After pressure is stable, hold for 10 minutes.
4. Bleed close pressure to zero.
5. If no leak is detected, continue this test procedure. Otherwise, troubleshoot as
appropriate.
6. Vent the close side hydraulic chamber.
7. Apply 3000 psi (206.8 bars) to the open port as follows:
a. Pump up accumulator pressure to at least 3000 psi (206.8 bars). The accumulator
volume must be at least four times the volume required to open the BOP.
b. Move control valve to open position. The opening pressure at the BOP must be
up to 3000 psi (206.8 bars) within five minutes after moving control valve to
open position. Less than five minutes would be preferable.
c. Allow pressure to stabilize. After pressure is stable, hold for 10 minutes.
8. Bleed open pressure to zero.
9. If no leak is detected, this concludes hydraulic systems testing. Otherwise,
troubleshoot as appropriate.
B. Function Test - Without Pipe
Packers that have been pretested per API need not

be retested on open hole when installed in a BOP.
However, packer must be retested on the proper size
pipe mandrel to full working pressure in the preventer
in which it has been installed. Testing on open hole
could have an impact on operational life span of packer
and is not recommended once packer has been put into
field use.
C. Function Test - With Pipe
1. Install the appropriate pipe mandrel into the test stump.

a. For 9" diameter bores or less use 3.5" diameter pipe mandrel.
TC9598 2-89
DRILLING SYSTEMS
b. For 11" diameter bore or greater use 5" diameter pipe mandrel.
2. Install the strip chart recorder and identify the device.
3. Apply 1500 psi (103.4 bars) +/- 200 psi (13.8 bars) to the close port as follows:
a. Pump up the accumulator pressure to at least 2500 psi.
b. Set the regulator to provide 1500 psi (103.4 bars) +/- 200 psi (13.8 bars) closing
pressure.
c. Move the control valve to the close position. The closing pressure at the BOP
must be up to 1500 psi (103.4 bars) +/- 200 psi (13.8 bars) within five minutes af-
ter moving the control valve to the close position. Less than five minutes would
be preferable.
4. Apply 200 to 300 psi (13.8 to 20.6 bars) wellbore test pressure.
5. After a 200 to 300 psi (27.6 to 41.4 bars) wellbore test pressure has been reached
and has stabilized, hold for a period of 10 minutes.
6. Increase the wellbore pressure to full rated working pressure.
7. After full rated working pressure is reached and has stabilized, hold for a period of
10 minutes.
8. If the packer fails to hold pressure on the first test or develops a tear, discontinue
the test. A new packer must be tested.
9. Bleed bore pressure to zero psi.
10. Check the packer for 13.595" API drift within 30 minutes.
a. The 30-minute time period starts when the operating piston is fully open. This
is the time period when opening pressure builds up and can normally be deter-
mined by watching the BOP open hose.
11. If the packer fails to drift within 30 minutes:
a. Exercise the packer, (open-close cycles if required to achieve full drift). The exer-
cise cycles should be performed immediately one after the other and should not
exceed more than a total of 15 exercise cycles, including exercises performed per
Section VII-B.
b. The 30 minute drift time starts after the last packer exercise (open-close cycle).
D. Operating Cycles
Using 1500 psi (103.4 bars) operating system pressure, open/close the BOP 20 times.
E. Drift Test
Drift Diameter
Bore Size (Inch) Drift Diameter (Inch)
13-5/8 13.595
TC9598 2-90
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Drift test in 30 minutes is a requirement from API 16A

3rd Edition paragraph 8.5.8.4.2 for new equipment. The
drift test time can be affected by two critical parameters:
the ambient temperature and packer condition. When
operating in a very cold environment (temperature
below 60° F), drift time may exceed the 30 minutes to
have packer fully relaxed and the drift being able to
pass through.
1. Open the BOP using 1500 psi (103.4 bars) hydraulic pressure.
2. Drift BOP through bore with a drift of 13.595" in diameter.
F. Final Preparation Steps
1. Install check valves (item 82) into each bleed port.

2. Install the split lock ring access port plugs (item 34).
VIII. STORAGE
A. Preventer
1. If the BOP is to be stored for a period of a year or longer, the packer and donut
should be removed from the BOP and stored separately, following the packaging
and storage recommendations of Section VIII–B.
2. Clean the outside of the BOP body.
3. Disconnect the hydraulic hose at the close port and drain the operating fluid out of
the BOP.
4. Attach a hydraulic line containing only preservation fluid to the close port. Use
Marston Bentley preservation fluid, P/N 718100.
5. Disconnect the bottom open hydraulic port to allow the operating fluid to drain
out of the BOP once closing pressure is applied to the close port.
6. Apply pressure to the closing port, allowing the operating fluid to drain out of the
bottom open port. Once the fluid has completely drained, plug the open port.
7. Apply pressure to the opening port to fill the operating system with the
preservation fluid.
8. Release the pressure, disconnect the hydraulic lines, and install pipe plugs into the
open and close connections.
B. Elastomers
1. Store rubber products inside a cool, dark, dry storage.

a. The preferred storage temperature range for rubber goods is from 40° F (5° C)
to 80° F (25° C)
b. Rubber goods should be wrapped or otherwise protected from direct exposure
to sunlight or artificial light with a high ultraviolet content (such as fluorescent
TC9598 2-91
DRILLING SYSTEMS
lighting). Do not store in direct sunlight even if wrapped, as overheating will

result.
c. Store rubber parts in a relaxed position. Do not stretch or hang O-rings and
seals. Labels should not be attached to seals with string, wire, or tape, as these
items may deform the sealing surface.
2. Use airtight containers when possible to protect against circulating air.
3. Ozone is extremely harmful to rubber. Ensure that there is no equipment in the
storage area which may generate ozone, such as mercury vapor lamps, high-voltage
electrical equipment, electric motors, or any electric apparatus which produces
arcing.
4. Keep the rubber products clean and free of solvents, oil greases, or any other
semi-solid or liquid materials during storage. Rubber goods should specifically be
protected against direct contact with:
• manganese
• copper
• copper alloys (including brass)
• polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
• creosote-impregnated timber
• other rubber goods of different rubber compounds
• sulphur, and
• copper napthenate.
5. When cleaning is necessary, rubber goods may be cleaned with either soap and
water or methyl alcohol. After cleaning, the rubber goods should be dried at room
temperature.
6. Examine the part before installation.
Rubber goods taken from storage must always be

inspected before installation. Rubber goods should not
be flexed at temperatures below 40° F (5° C). Rubber
goods in storage should be inspected every 12 months to
ensure that they are still serviceable.
a. Ensure that the part does not have a tacky surface or noticeable softening or
hardening of the surface.
b. Flex the part and inspect with a magnifying glass to ensure that there are no
cracks.
c. Replace items which show any of the aging signs mentioned above.
TC9598 2-92
DRILLING SYSTEMS
21-1/4" 2000 PSI WP DL ANNULAR

BLOWOUT PREVENTER (03-2016.01)
I. PHYSICAL DATA
A. Lubricants
1. Thread lubricant - API-5A-Lub, Fel-Pro Paste #670, or Sweeney Moly Paste #503 (4 lb
can P/N 2359663-01).
2. Multipurpose lubricant or grease.
3. Multipurpose lubricant or grease for cold weather operation.
4. Hydraulic operating system:
a. Storage - P/N 718100 (Marston Bentley Preservation Fluid).
b. Standard operation - use a fresh water lubricant that forms a true solution
rather than an emulsion when mixed with water and/or antifreeze.
B. Dimensional Drawings
1. SK-013908-05 - 21-1/4" 2000 psi WP DL Annular BOP
C. Drawings with Bills of Material
1. SK-013908-05 - 21-1/4" 2000 psi WP DL Annular BOP
D. Weights and External Dimensions
1. Total estimated weight: 27,998 lb

2. Lifting lug capacity for each lug: 8.5 tons
3. Maximum capacity of all four lugs used together: 34 tons
E. Lifting and Handling
1. Lift BOP assemblies only with slings appropriately rated for the maximum weight of
the BOP.
2. Handle all other subassemblies using appropriately rated slings.
F. External Thread Connections
NPT Fitting Size for Open and Close Ports: 1-1/4"-11-1/2 NPT
G. Hydraulic Operating System Requirements
U.S. Gallons to Open: 28.40

U.S. Gallons to Close: 40.50
1. Normal pressure for the hydraulic operating system is 1500 psi.
2. Maximum pressure for the hydraulic operating system is 2000 psi.
TC9598 2-93
DRILLING SYSTEMS
H. API Drift
1. API drift for 21-1/4" 2000 psi is 21.220".
I. Service Tools and Equipment
(API 6A) Torque (ft-lb)

Item No. Description Wrench Size
F = 0.07 F = 0.13
31 Inner Cylinder Nut 3-3/8" Socket 3276 ft-lb 5822 ft-lb
45 Bolt on Top Nut 3-3/8" Socket 3276 ft-lb 5822 ft-lb
34 Hydraulic Port Plug 1-1/4" Wrench Snug
36 Pusher Plate Screw 1" Allen 962 ft-lb 1677 ft-lb
37 Outer Ring Screw 3/4” Allen 188 ft-lb 319 ft-lb
J. Temperature Rating of Annular BOP Packers
1. API 16A 3rd Edition Temperature Rating of “XX”, 40 - 180° F (4 - 82° C)
There is no industry accepted method of establishing

BOP temperature ratings at this time. These are
estimates based on lab testing and field performance.
Temperature ratings for rubber components must
take into account the environmental exposure history,
the chemical environment while at temperature, and
other factors. Therefore, a single number rating can be
misleading if all conditions are not understood.
II. APPLICABLE OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
A. Packer/Donut Assembly
1. The packer is a cylinder of molded rubber combined with 16 steel reinforcing

inserts.
2. The donut is made of homogeneous molded rubber that surrounds the packer.
3. The packer inserts are flanged on the top and bottom.
4. The shape of the flanges have been designed to maintain an unbroken barrier of
steel above and below the packer rubber as the packer is closed, regardless of the
size or shape of the pipe or tool in the bore.
5. The uninterrupted barrier reduces rubber extrusion, even under high bore pressure.
6. The rubber on the ID of the packer forms a pressure tight seal against the pipe or
the tool in the BOP bore.
TC9598 2-94
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Hydraulic Operating System
1. The annular BOP does not depend upon wellbore pressure to close the packer.
2. Closing pressure must be maintained to the operating system to hold the packer in
the closed position.
3. This independence of wellbore pressure gives the operator control of the rubber
pressure on the pipe, reduces packer extrusion, and can significantly increase
packer life when the BOP is used for stripping.
C. Closing the Annular BOP
1. Hydraulic fluid is pumped into the closing chamber to force the piston and the
pusher plate upward against the donut.
2. The pusher plate squeezes the donut, forcing the donut to expand inward.
3. The inward displacement of the donut forces the packer inward toward the center
of the bore.
D. Opening the Annular BOP
1. Hydraulic fluid is pumped into the opening chamber to force the piston and pusher
plate downward.
2. As the pusher plate is withdrawn, the donut returns to its relaxed shape, allowing
the packer to return to its fully open position.
III. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
A. Part Preparation Prior to Disassembly
B. BOP Disassembly
1. Clean the outside of the BOP body (item 1). Use high pressure water and detergent
to clean mud and debris from the outside of the BOP.
2. Make sure the BOP is fully open. Apply opening pressure and allow pressure to
build up to the regulator pressure. Make sure that the packer is completely open.
3. Remove and bleed all operating pressure.
4. Vent the operating system. Remove the plugs from the unused open and close
ports on the BOP body. This will eliminate the possibility of accidental operation of
the BOP once the top is unbolted.
5. Remove the heavy hex nuts (item 45) from the top.
6. Attach the appropriate size lifting shackles to the pad eyes on the side of the top.
Attach lifting chains to the shackles, and lift the bolt on top vertically off the BOP
body. If the top is pulled at an angle instead of straight out, it may bind with the
BOP body.
TC9598 2-95
DRILLING SYSTEMS
The donut (item 7) and packer (item 8) may hang in the

top as it is lifted out of the BOP body, and then fall from
the top.
If the donut (item 7) and packer (item 8) hangs in the

top, lower the top to the floor, then insert a pry bar
through the bore FROM ABOVE and pry the donut and
packer loose.
7. Set the top (item 2) down on a flat, clean wood surface.

8. Remove and inspect the top ID (item 65) seal ring.
To remove seals use a dull tool, such as a screwdriver

blade with the sharp edges removed. Insert the tool
under the seal at one point, and carefully stretch the
seal out of the groove by pulling the tool around the
entire circumference of the groove. A sharp tool may
damage the seal or the seal groove.
9. Install eye bolts in the tapped holes in the top of the packer, attach lifting chains,
and lift the packer out of the BOP body. If the donut does not come out with the
packer, use a pry bar to lift the donut in order to get a lifting strap around it.
10. Install eye bolts in the tapped holes in the support plate (item 15) and remove it
from the BOP.
11. Remove the socket head cap screws (item 36) from the pusher plate (item 6) and
piston (item 3).
12. Install lifting eyes into the pusher plate (item 6) and remove it from the BOP.
13. Use an air wrench to remove the inner cylinder nuts (item 31) from the inner
cylinder (item 4). The inner cylinder studs (item 30) can be removed now or after
the inner cylinder has been removed.
14. Install lifting eyes into the tapped holes in the top of the inner cylinder (item 4).
Attach lifting chains and lift it out of the BOP body (item 1).
15. Remove the socket head cap screws (item 37) from the outer ring (item 5) and lift
the outer ring out of the body.
16. Install lifting eyes into the tapped holes in the top of the piston (item 3). Attach
lifting chains and lift it out of the BOP body (item 1).
17. Inspect the bearing rings, seals and wiper rings of each component.
TC9598 2-96
DRILLING SYSTEMS
IV. ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
A. Part Preparation Prior to Assembly

1. Remove all dirt, grit, oil, and contaminants from the ID sealing surfaces of the body
and all fluid passageways. Clean detergent and fresh water should be used for
cleaning. High pressure air may also be used if it is dry air.
2. Clean the piston (item 3), the inner cylinder (item 4) and the top (item 2) using
clean detergent and fresh water. Lubricate areas that will come in contact with
other parts.
3. Clean all other components that may need attention, such as studs, nuts, and cap
screws.
4. Sealed elastomer containers should not be opened until they are required for
assembly in order to prevent contamination and damage to the seals.
B. Assembly of the BOP
1. Place the top (item 2) on a pallet with the studded connection holes looking up.
2. Using lifting chains, raise the top and install the top ID seal ring (item 65) and the
bearing ring (item 51).
Do not lubricate seals or seal grooves with grease.

The use of light weight oil (or STPTM Oil Treatment) is
recommended.
C. Assembly of the Hydraulic Operating System Seals
Reference: Piston, inner cylinder, and support plate

1. Install the bearing rings, seal rings and wiper rings on the piston.
a. Install piston ID seal ring (item 61). The lip faces down.
b. Install piston ID bearing ring (item 54).
c. Install piston OD seal ring (item 62). The lip faces down.
d. Install piston OD bearing ring (item 52).
2. Install the bearing rings, seal rings and wiper rings on the inner cylinder.
a. Install inner cylinder ID seal ring (upper) (item 58). The lip faces up.
b. Install inner cylinder ID seal ring (lower) (item 59). The lip faces down.
c. Install inner cylinder OD wiper ring (item 56). The scraper end is up.
d. Install inner cylinder OD bearing ring (item 53).
e. Install inner cylinder OD seal ring (item 60). The lip faces up. Two places.
3. Install the wear ring (item 50) on the support plate OD.
TC9598 2-97
DRILLING SYSTEMS
D. Assembly of the Inner Cylinder Studs in the Body
Install the inner cylinder studs (item 30) in the body (item 1). Make sure the studs are
fully threaded into the body. DO NOT apply a thread lubricant to the threads. This will
help keep the studs from rotating the next time the nuts are removed. See the torque
requirements listed in Section I.
E. Assembly of the Piston in the Body
1. Apply a light coat of light weight oil to the OD seals of the piston and to the inner
seal surface of the body.
2. Lower the piston (item 3) into the body (item 1).
F. Assembly of the Inner Cylinder in the Body
1. Apply a light coat of light weight oil to the inner seal surface of the piston, to the
ID seals of the piston, and to the ID seals of the inner cylinder.
2. Keep the inner cylinder level, and make sure the seals do not slip out of the grooves
and become pinched or cut as the inner cylinder slides against the piston and body.
3. Slowly lower the inner cylinder (item 4) into the body (item 1) using the inner
cylinder studs (item 30) as alignment guides. Avoid damaging the stud threads.
4. The weight of the inner cylinder should be sufficient to seat it, if not then the
installation of the inner cylinder nuts (item 31) will seat it. See next step.
5. Screw the inner cylinder nuts (item 31) onto the studs (item 30). Apply a thread
lubricant to the nut threads before installation. See the torque requirements and
thread lubricant recommendations listed in Section I.
G. Assembly of the Outer Ring in the Body
1. Apply a light coat of light oil to the inner seal surface of the body (item 1).
2. Place the backup ring (item 57) in the body ID groove. Gently tap the backup ring
in the cavity with a blunt soft tool, such as a piece of wood. For best results, install
a portion of the ring in the groove on one side then move 180° to the other side.
Continue this procedure until the backup ring has bottomed out in its cavity.
3. Place the body ID seal ring (item 65) on top of the previously installed backup ring
(item 57). Gently tap the seal in the cavity with a blunt soft tool, such as a piece of
wood. For best results, install a portion of the seal in the groove on one side then
move 180° to the other side. Continue this procedure until the seal has bottomed
out in its cavity.
4. Lower the outer ring (item 5) down onto the body (item 1) and secure with
socket head cap screws (item 37). Apply a thread lubricant to the threads before
installation. See the torque requirements and thread lubricant recommendations
listed in Section I.
H. Assembly of the Pusher Plate onto the Operating System
1. Lower the pusher plate (item 6) onto the top of the piston (item 3).
2. Install the socket head cap screws (item 36) into the aligned holes of the pusher
plate and piston. Apply a thread lubricant to the threads before installation. See
the torque requirements and thread lubricant recommendations listed in Section I.
TC9598 2-98
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. Lower the support plate (item 15) into place inside the pusher plate (item 6). Make
certain the recesses in the underside of the support plate fit down over the inner
cylinder studs (item 30). The support plate should rest evenly on the inner cylinder
nuts (item 31).
4. Fully seat all pusher plate screws (item 36) and tighten to 190 ft-lb (258 N•m) if
using a lubricant with a friction factor of 0.07 or 319 ft-lb (432 N•m) if using a
lubricant with a friction factor of 0.13.
I. Assembly of the Body OD Studs
Install the studs (item 44) in the OD of the body (item 1). Make sure the studs are fully
threaded into the body. DO NOT apply a thread lubricant to the threads. This will
help keep the studs from rotating the next time the nuts are removed. See the torque
requirements listed in Section I.
J. Final Assembly
1. Lubricate the donut (item 7) with a light coat of grease. Make certain the donut is
installed top side up. The word “TOP” is molded into the rubber. Use a fabric sling
when lifting the donut.
V. OPERATION PROCEDURES
A. Normal Operation
1. Operating Pressure – General Recommendations

a. A minimum closing pressure of 1500 psi is required to close and seal the BOP
on pipe. Higher closing pressures (up to the rated working pressure of 2000 psi)
may be necessary, depending upon packer condition, pipe size, and ambient
temperature.
b. Closing pressure should never be reduced below 1500 psi, except when strip-
ping. It is only during stripping that reduced closing pressure is beneficial in
prolonging packer life.
c. A minimum opening pressure of 1500 psi is required for reliable operation.
Cameron recommends operating and testing with closing pressures of 1500 psi,
unless conditions warrant the need for higher closing pressures (not to exceed
2000 psi).
2. Closing the BOP on pipe or tools
a. To close the BOP on pipe or tools, apply closing pressure while venting the open-
ing port.
b. If well fluid leaks past the packer, increase closing pressure as necessary until the
leakage stops, but do not exceed 2000 psi.
c. Closing pressure must be continuously applied in order to hold the packer in the
closed position.
3. Closing the BOP on open hole
a. To close the BOP on open hole, apply the maximum available closing pressure
(not to exceed 2000 psi) while venting the opening port.
TC9598 2-99
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Every annular packer (including replacement packers)

has been tested on open hole with a wellbore pressure
of one half the rated working pressure of the BOP,
according to API 16A, 1st Edition. As a packer wears,
its ability to close and seal on open hole will decrease,
even though it may continue to hold full rated working
pressure when closing on pipe.
4. Opening the BOP

a. To open the BOP, apply opening pressure while venting the closing port. Open-
ing pressure must never exceed 2000 psi.
Operating system control valves may develop internal

leakage. This leakage may cause either the opening
or the closing line to be pressurized when the valve
handle is set to “Neutral” or “No Pressure”. This could
result in unintended closing of the BOP. It is therefore
recommended that the control valve handle be left in
the “Open” position at all times when the operator
wishes the BOP to be open.
B. Stripping Pipe Through the Closed BOP
1. Before stripping pipe through the closed BOP, make certain the hydraulic control
system and the control piping conforms to the following requirements:
a. A nitrogen-precharged surge bottle should be connected as closely and as direct-
ly as possible to the closing port of the BOP operating system. A 10-gallon surge
bottle, precharged to a pressure of 400 to 500 psi will normally give proper strip-
ping performance with all sizes of the Cameron D BOP. For subsea BOP installa-
tions, the precharge in the surge bottle should be increased approximately 40 to
50 psi for every 100 feet of depth beneath the surface. The surge bottle should
conform to the requirements of API RP 53, and should be rated for a minimum
of 3000 psi working pressure. (Reference Cameron EB527D.)
b. A pneumatically-controlled or hydraulically-controlled self-relieving pressure
regulator.
c. A control valve of the non-check type.
The purpose of these items is to reduce the pressure

surge which occurs in the BOP closing chamber each
time a tool joint enters the closed packer. High pressure
surges cause excessive and unnecessary packer wear.
TC9598 2-100
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Stripping Procedure
a. Check the surge bottle precharge pressure. A 10 gallon surge bottle, precharged
to a pressure of 400 to 500 psi, will normally give proper stripping performance
with all annular sizes.
b. Open the valve between the surge bottle and the BOP closing line.
c. Keep the packer lubricated while stripping to prevent excessive wear. Do not
move dry pipe through the packer, except in an emergency.
d. When stripping out of the hole, leakage of well fluid (if other than dry gas) will
provide adequate lubrication.
e. When stripping into the well, apply lubricant to the pipe, and especially to the
tool joints or couplings. Suitable lubricants, in order of preference, are:
1.) oil
2.) oil-base drilling mud
3.) water-base drilling mud
4.) water with gel
5.) plain water
f. Control the closing pressure by using the lowest practical closing pressure when
stripping.
g. Reduce the closing pressure until well fluid leaks slightly between the pipe and
the packer while the pipe is in motion. This leakage lubricates the packer, thus
reducing packer wear.
h. If the packer is closed tightly enough to eliminate all leakage, packer wear will
be greatly increased.
i. As a new packer begins to wear during stripping, sealing is improved, and the
closing pressure required to seal on pipe will decrease. For this reason, closing
pressure should be reduced as often as is necessary to maintain slight leakage
for lubrication of the packer.
j. When the packer has become severely worn during stripping, leakage will begin
to increase. When leakage cannot be controlled by increasing the closing pres-
sure, the packer is nearly worn out, and arrangements should be made to re-
place the packer.
k. Observe the pressure gauge on the BOP closing port as a tool joint approaches
and enters the packer. If the drill string is moved slowly enough, the pressure
surge in the BOP closing chamber during entry of a tool joint should be 100 psi
or less.
l. The faster the tool joint enters the packer, the greater the pressure surge. If
the pressure surge as tool joint enters the packer is greater than 100 psi, packer
wear will be excessive.
TC9598 2-101
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VI. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A. Routine Maintenance
1. Preparation and Safeguards Prior to Maintenance

a. Use high-pressure water to clean mud and debris from the outside of the BOP.
b. Apply opening pressure, and allow pressure to build up to the regulator pres-
sure. Make certain that the packer is completely open.
c. Make certain all pressure is bled from the opening and closing lines.
d. Vent the operating system by removing the plugs from the unused opening and
closing ports on the BOP body.
e. Inspect bolt on top studs and nuts for damage.
2. Inspection and Changeout of the Packer and Donut
a. The packer should be inspected weekly, after every pressure test, between wells,
after stripping, and in the event of a packer leak.
b. The packer should be replaced if there are vertical cracks or tears across the full
height of the sealing surface. Also, if a large portion of the sealing surface has
been gouged away, or if the packer has been exposed to hydrogen sulfide at
temperatures in excess of 200° F, the packer should be replaced.
3. Between-Well Servicing
a. Between-well servicing consists of cleaning debris from the inside of the BOP
body and inspecting the packer and donut, followed by a test of the packer. The
top, the packer, and the donut must be removed for this cleaning and inspec-
tion.
b. Once the packer, the donut, and the top have been reinstalled, the API Hydrau-
lic Test (Packer Test) in accordance with API RP 53 is performed. It is not neces-
sary to open or service the operating system at this time, as long as the specified
operating fluids have been used.
4. Disassembly and Cleaning
a. Remove the top.
b. Clean the top by using high-pressure water. Make certain the lower surface of
the top, the lock ring, and the actuator are clean.
c. Inspect the seals and wiper rings on quick-release top (item 2), and if the quick-
release top is removed, replace the lip seal (item 66) and backup ring (item 71).
d. Remove, clean and inspect the packer and donut.
e. Remove the support plate.
f. Clean out the inside of the BOP body.
g. Clean out the vent ports with a stiff wire or rod.
5. Reassembly
a. Check tightness of pusher plate screws.
b. Install the support plate.
c. Install the donut and packer.
d. Replace and install the top ID lip seal with the sealing lip facing up.
TC9598 2-102
DRILLING SYSTEMS
e. Install the top.

f. Verify operation of the BOP and test the packer according to API RP 53.
B. Periodic Maintenance
1. Every two years, or as required by the appropriate regulatory agency, completely

disassemble the preventer and:
a. Clean all parts. Do not use a wire brush on sealing areas.
b. Replace all rubber seals, gaskets and O-rings.
c. Replace the packer and donut according to its physical condition.
d. Repair or replace damaged metal parts.
e. After reassembly, test the packer and operating system in accordance with this
manual.
VII. TESTING
A. Function Test – Without Pipe
1. Remove the top and install the packer and donut.

2. Install the top.
4. Apply 2000 psi to the close port, as follows:
a. Pump up the control system accumulator to 2000 psi. The accumulator volume
must be at least four times the volume required to close the BOP.
b. Move the control valve to the close position. The pump should be set to start
when the accumulator pressure drops. The pump size must be sufficient to pro-
vide 2000 psi at the BOP within five minutes after the valve is operated to close
the BOP. Experience in testing BOPs has shown that a 50 horsepower triplex
pump and three 80-gallon accumulators will be sufficient to provide these test
conditions. However, any system capable of the performance indicated here
above is acceptable.
5. Inspect the packer to ensure that it has complete open hole closure.
6. Exercise the packer if necessary to fully close on the open hole. The exercise cycles
should be performed immediately one after the other and should be a maximum of
ten minutes apart, preferably less than ten minutes.
7. Apply 200 psi wellbore test pressure.
8. After a minimum of 200 psi wellbore test pressure has been reached and has
stabilized, hold for a period of three minutes.
9. Increase the wellbore test pressure to one half full rated working pressure.
10. After one half of full rated working pressure has been reached and has stabilized,
hold for a minimum of three minutes.
11. In no case should operating pressure greater than 2000 psi be used to close or open
the BOP.
12. If the packer does not hold one half full rated working pressure, open and close the
packer once more and repeat steps 6 through 12.
TC9598 2-103
DRILLING SYSTEMS
13. Bleed the bore pressure to zero psi.
B. Function Test - With Pipe
This test will be performed two times, with Section VII-C

being performed in between each test.
1. Install 5" pipe mandrel into the test stump.

3. Apply 1500 psi +/- 200 psi to the close port.
4. Apply 200 psi wellbore test pressure.
5. After a minimum of 200 psi wellbore test pressure has been reached and has
stabilized, hold for a period of three minutes.
6. Increase the wellbore pressure to full rated working pressure.
7. After full rated working pressure is reached and has stabilized, hold for a minimum
of three minutes.
8. Bleed bore pressure to zero psi.
9. Check the packer for 21.220" API drift within 30 minutes.
a. The 30-minute time period starts when the operating piston is fully open. This
is the time period when opening pressure builds up and can normally be deter-
mined by watching the BOP open hose.
b. The packer can be drifted outside the BOP as long as the drifting is done within
the 30-minute period in a. If it takes more than 30 minutes after the piston is
fully open to remove the packer and drift it, the drift must be performed with
the packer in the BOP.
C. Operating Cycles
Using 1500 psi operating system pressure, open/close the BOP 20 times.
D. Drift Test
Drift Diameter
Bore Size Inch Drift Diameter Inch
21-1/4 21.220
1. Open the BOP using 1500 psi hydraulic pressure.

2. Drift BOP through bore with a drift of 21.220" in diameter.
TC9598 2-104
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VIII. STORAGE
A. Preventer
1. If the BOP is to be stored for a period of a year or longer, the packer and donut
should be removed from the BOP and stored separately, following the packaging
and storage recommendations of Section VIII-B.
2. Clean the outside of the BOP body.
3. Disconnect the hydraulic hose at the close port and drain the operating fluid out of
the BOP.
4. Attach a hydraulic line containing only preservation fluid to the close port. Use
Marston Bentley Preservation Fluid, P/N 718100.
5. Disconnect the bottom open hydraulic port to allow the operating fluid to drain
out of the BOP once closing pressure is applied to the close port.
6. Apply pressure to the closing port, allowing the operating fluid to drain out of the
bottom open port. Once the fluid has completely drained, plug the open port.
7. Apply pressure to the opening port to fill the operating system with the
preservation fluid.
8. Release the pressure, disconnect the hydraulic lines, and install pipe plugs into the
open and close connections.
B. Elastomers
1. Store rubber products inside a cool, dark and dry storage area.
a. The preferred storage temperature range for rubber goods is from 40° F (5° C)
to 80° F (25° C).
lighting). Do not store in direct sunlight even if wrapped, as overheating will
result.
seals. Labels should not be attached to seals with string, wire, or tape, as these
storage area that may generate ozone, such as mercury vapor lamps, high-voltage
electrical equipment, electric motors, or any electric apparatus which produces
arcing.
4. Keep the rubber products clean and free of solvents, oil greases, or any other
semi-solid or liquid materials during storage. Rubber goods should specifically be
protected against direct contact with manganese; copper; copper alloys (including
brass), polyvinyl chloride (PVC); creosote-impregnated timber; other rubber goods
of different rubber compounds; sulphur; and copper napthenate.
TC9598 2-105
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5. When cleaning is necessary, rubber goods may be cleaned with either soap and
water or methyl alcohol. After cleaning, the rubber goods should be dried at room
temperature.
Rubber goods taken from storage must always be

be flexed at temperatures below 40° F (5° C). Rubber
ensure that they still are serviceable.
a. Ensure that the part does not have a tacky surface or noticeable softening or
hardening of the surface.
b. Flex the part and inspect with a magnifying glass to ensure that there are no
cracks.
c. Replace items that show any of the aging signs mentioned above.
TC9598 2-106
U Blowout Preventers
for Surface Applications
DRILLING SYSTEMS TC1403

DRILLING SYSTEMS
All the information contained in this manual is the exclusive property of Cameron. Any repro-
duction or use of the calculations, drawings, photographs, procedures or instructions, either
expressed or implied, is forbidden without the written permission of Cameron or its autho-
rized agent.
Initial Release A1
March 1999
Revision 02
December 2003
Revision 03
January 2012
Revision 04
May 2016
© 2016 Schlumberger
TC1403 2
DRILLING SYSTEMS
PREFACE
The procedures included in this book are to be performed in conjunction with the require-
ments and recommendations outlined in API Specifications. Any repairs to the equipment cov-
ered by this book should be done by an authorized Cameron service representative. Cameron
will not be responsible for loss or expense resulting from any failure of equipment or any dam-
age to any property or death or injury to any person resulting in whole or in part from repairs
performed by anyone other than authorized Cameron personnel. Such unauthorized repairs
shall also serve to terminate any contractual or other warranty, if any, on the equipment and
may also result in equipment no longer meeting applicable requirements.
shown are accurate.
This book covers Cameron products, which are products of Cameron International Corporation
(“Cameron”).
Cameron
P.O. Box 1212
713-939-2211
www.cameron.slb.com
TC1403 3
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC1403 4
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
0. Glossary.......................................................................................................................7
I. Features and Benefits ................................................................................................8
II. Dimensional Properties ..............................................................................................10
A. Length, Pipe/Lb Shear with Manual Locking Screw.....................................10

B. Overall Dimensions for Single and Double Cavities ....................................11
C. U BOP Weight with Manual Locking Screw .................................................19
III. U BOP Assembly and Configurations........................................................................21
IV. U Bonnet Subassembly ..............................................................................................23
A. Pipe Bonnet Subassembly..............................................................................23

B. Large Bore Shear Bonnet Subassembly ........................................................25
V. Tandem Booster (Ref. EB 685D).................................................................................27
A. Features and Benefits ....................................................................................27

B. Tandem Booster with Standard Locking System .........................................29
C. Tandem Booster with Short Version Locking System ..................................31
D. Support Bonnet Tool .....................................................................................33
VI. Locking System (Ref. EB 946D) ..................................................................................35
A. Standard Manual Lock...................................................................................35

B. Short Manual Lock .........................................................................................36
VII. Hydraulic Control System (Ref. EB 798D) .................................................................37
A. Cavity Operating Data ...................................................................................37

B. Hydraulic Diagrams........................................................................................39
VIII. Bonnet Bolts ...............................................................................................................41
A. Type of Bonnet Bolts (Ref. EB 919D) ............................................................41

B. Bonnet Bolt Torque Requirements ..............................................................42
IX. Sealing Technology ....................................................................................................43
A. Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seal .........................................................43

B. Bonnet Seal Carrier ........................................................................................45
C. Seal Orientation (Ref. EB 539D) ....................................................................46
D. Sealing Improvements ...................................................................................48
E. Emergency Backup.........................................................................................49
X. Rebuild Kits .................................................................................................................50
A. Bonnet Pipe Rebuild Kits ...............................................................................50

B. Bonnet LB Shear Rebuild Kits........................................................................52
C. Standard Tandem Booster Rebuild Kits........................................................54
D. Short Version Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit..................................................55
TC1403 5
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XI. Accessories for U BOP ................................................................................................57
A. Accessories Part Numbers ..............................................................................57

B. Ram Change Covers .......................................................................................57
C. Locking Screw Accessories .............................................................................58
D. Standard Accessories .....................................................................................58
E. Protectors .......................................................................................................59
F. Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool ..................................................................61
XII. Options........................................................................................................................62
A. Lifting Plate ....................................................................................................62

B. Hydraulic Lock ................................................................................................65
C. FXT Bonnet .....................................................................................................74
XIII. Rams ............................................................................................................................75
A. Pipe Rams .......................................................................................................75

B. VBR Rams........................................................................................................79
C. Flexpacker Rams.............................................................................................82
D. Shear Rams .....................................................................................................86
E. Wear Pads.......................................................................................................96
XIV. Operation and Maintenance .....................................................................................97
A. Physical Data ..................................................................................................97

B. Disassembly Procedure ..................................................................................102
C. Preparation Prior to Assembly and Installation ...........................................104
D. Assembly Procedure.......................................................................................104
E. Installation Procedure ...................................................................................108
F. Ram Assembly ................................................................................................111
G. Ram Installation (Ref. EB 919D, EB 560D and EB 851D) ..............................116
H. Operating and BOP Installation Procedure ..................................................116
I. Maintenance Procedure ................................................................................117
J. Testing ............................................................................................................119
K. Hydraulic Lock Option ...................................................................................122
L. Preservation ...................................................................................................124
M. Storage ...........................................................................................................129
XV. Engineering Bulletin References ...............................................................................132
TC1403 6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
0. GLOSSARY
API: American Petroleum Institute
Assy: Assembly
BOP: Blowout Preventer
BSR/SBR: Blind Shear Ram
DBL: Double
DS: Double Shear Ram
DSI: Double Shear Interlocking Ram
DVS: Double ‘V’ Shear (Ram)
EB: Engineering Bulletin
FLG: Flange
H2S: Hydrogen Sulfide
ID: Inside Diameter
ISR: Interlocking Shear Ram
LB: Large Bore
MLS: Manual Locking Screw
MPa: Mega Pascal
NACE: National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NDE: Non Destructive Examination (ultrasonic, radiographic, dye penetrant, acoustic

emission, etc.)
NPT: National Pipe Thread
NR: Narrow Range (Ram)
OD: Outside Diameter
P/N: Part Number
SGL: Single
SK: Assembly Drawing
Std: Standard
STDD: Studded
VBR: Variable Bore Ram
WL: Wedgelock
WP: Working Pressure

TC1403 7
DRILLING SYSTEMS
I. FEATURES AND BENEFITS
The CAMERON U Blowout Preventer is the most widely used ram-type BOP for land and
platform applications worldwide and offers the widest range of sizes of any CAMERON ram-
type BOP.
Like other CAMERON preventers, the rams in the U BOP are pressure energized; wellbore
pressure acts on the ram to increase the sealing force and to maintain the seal in the event of
hydraulic pressure loss. Seal integrity is actually improved by increased wellbore pressure.
Other features of U BOP:
• Available in a wide variety of sizes, working pressure, body configurations, end connec-
tions and side outlets, and with rams to suit a large amount of requirements.
• Side outlets up to 4-1/16 (for 7-1/16 to 26-3/4 BOPs) can be provided. Side outlets can be
studded, flange or hub.
• Flanges conform to API standard 6A. Hubs conform to API 16A.
• Hydraulic bonnet open/close provides quick ram change-out.
• Metal-reinforced bonnet seal to ensure a tight seal and resist extrusion is standard.
• Bonnet seal carrier is available to eliminate the need for high make-up torque on the
bonnet bolts.
• Manually or hydraulically operated locking system.
• Large bore shear bonnets and tandem boosters are available for applications requiring
increased shear force.
• A wide selection of rams to meet all applications.
• Manufactured to comply with NACE MR-01-75 requirements.
• Can be monogrammed to API 16A.
TC1403 8
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 1: U BOP Double Cavity General Arrangement
TC1403 9
DRILLING SYSTEMS
II. DIMENSIONAL PROPERTIES

A. Length, Pipe/Lb Shear with Manual Locking Screw
Figure 2: U BOP Length with Manual Locking Screw

Manual Locking Screw Configuration
Type of Cavity
BOP
Pipe LB Shear LB Shear w/Tandem Booster
Size Pressure Type A1 (min.) A2 (min.) A1 (min.) A2 (max.) A3 (min.) A4 (max.)
in psi model in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm]
76.76 113.16 80.13 115.29 109.85 146.79
7-1/16 3000# Model II
[1949.7] [2874.3] [2035.3] [2928.4] [2790.2] [3728.5]
76.76 113.16 80.13 115.29 109.85 146.79
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[1949.7] [2874.3] [2035.3] [2928.4] [2790.2] [3728.5]
76.76 113.16 80.13 115.29 109.85 146.79
7-1/16 10,000 Model II
[1949.7] [2874.3] [2035.3] [2928.4] [2790.2] [3728.5]
76.76 113.16 80.13 115.29 109.85 146.79
7-1/16 15,000 Model II
[1949.7] [2874.3] [2035.3] [2928.4] [2790.2] [3728.5]
97.06 149.76 105.98 157.36 136.84 189.04
11 3000# Model II
[2465.3] [3803.9] [2691.9] [3996.9] [3475.7] [4801.6]
97.06 149.76 105.98 157.36 136.84 189.04
11 5000 Model II
[2465.3] [3803.9] [2691.9] [3996.9] [3475.7] [4801.6]
97.06 149.76 105.98 157.36 136.84 189.04
11 10,000 Model II
[2465.3] [3803.9] [2691.9] [3996.9] [3475.7] [4801.6]
122.02 182.11 122.23 182.11 157.04 221.02
11 15,000 Model 79
[3099.3] [4625.6] [3104.6] [4625.6] [3988.8] [5613.9]
113.67 173.81 123.43 183.69 158.23 219.20
13-5/8 3000 # Model II
[2887.2] [4414.8] [3135.1] [4665.7] [4019.0] [5567.7]
113.67 173.81 123.43 183.69 158.23 219.20
13-5/8 5000 Model II
[2887.2] [4414.8] [3135.1] [4665.7] [4019.0] [5567.7]
115.66 175.54 125.43 185.42 160.24 220.92
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[2937.8] [4458.7] [3185.9] [4709.7] [4070.1] [5611.4]
132.37 206.89 132.34 206.89 176.54 251.45
13-5/8 15,000 Model B
[3362.2] [5255.0] [3361.4] [5255.0] [4484.1] [6386.8]
127.21 198.90
16-3/4 3000# Model B ND ND ND ND
[3231.2] [5052.1]
129.00 203.64 136.10 210.26 180.29 254.84
16-3/4 5000 Model B
[3276.6] [5172.5] [3456.9] [5340.6] [4579.4] [6472.9]
138.73 220.00 138.79 220.00 182.98 264.58
16-3/4 10,000 Model II
[3523.7] [5588.0] [3525.3] [5588.0] [4647.7] [6720.3]
156.18 246.22 156.24 246.22 207.04 296.91
18-3/4 10,000 Model II
[3967.0] [6254.0] [3968.5] [6254.0] [5258.8] [7541.5]
145.05 229.34 153.26 237.70 194.34 281.04
20-3/4 3000 Model II
[3684.3] [5825.2] [3892.8] [6037.6] [4936.2] [7138.4]
145.05 229.34 153.26 237.70 194.34 281.04
21-1/4 2000 Model II
[3684.3] [5825.2] [3892.8] [6037.6] [4936.2] [7138.4]
164.07 251.36 164.08 251.36 218.33 306.79
21-1/4 5000 Model II
[4167.4] [6384.5] [4167.6] [6384.5] [5545.6] [7792.5]
163.24 254.47 167.19 254.48 221.39 308.94
21-1/4 10,000 Model II
[4146.3] [6463.5] [4246.6] [6463.8] [5623.3] [7847.1]
169.43 275.97
26-3/4 3000 Model II ND ND ND ND
[4303.5] [7009.6]
#: Old configuration, 5K to be preferred.
ND: Never designed; contact Cameron for feasibility.
Table 1: U BOP Length with Manual Locking Screw

TC1403 10
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Overall Dimensions for Single and Double Cavities
Figure 3: U BOP Height Dimension
TC1403 11
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Height Dimensions All Bodies Configuration (Nominal Sizes)

Type of Body
BOP FLG/FLG or
FLG/FLG FLG/STDD
FLG/STDD
Size Pressure Type C1 C2 C3 C4 D1
in psi model in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm]
25.32 42.00 19.99 36.69 14.06
7-1/16 3000 # Model II
[643.1] [1066.8] [507.7] [931.9] [357.1]
27.50 44.19 21.60 38.29 15.13
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[698.5] [1122.4] [548.6] [972.6] [384.3]
30.56 48.62 23.54 41.61 15.78
7-1/16 10,000 Model II
[776.2] [1234.9] [597.9] [1056.9] [400.8]
31.81 49.89 23.79 41.86 16.04
7-1/16 15,000 Model II
[808.0] [1267.2] [604.3] [1063.2] [407.4]
29.06 49.25 23.47 43.66 15.15
11 3000 # Model II
[738.1] [1251.0] [596.1] [1109.0] [384.8]
34.31 54.50 26.09 46.28 17.78
11 5000 Model II
[871.5] [1384.3] [662.7] [1175.5] [451.6]
35.69 55.87 26.78 46.97 18.47
11 10,000 Model II
[906.5] [1419.1] [680.2] [1193.0] [469.1]
44.81 69.75 32.54 57.48 22.41
11 15,000 Model 79
[1138.2] [1771.7] [826.5] [1460.0] [569.2]
31.31 51.37 24.56 46.62 16.03
13-5/8 3000 # Model II
[795.3] [1304.8] [623.8] [1184.1] [407.2]
33.81 55.87 25.81 47.87 17.28
13-5/8 5000 Model II
[858.8] [1419.2] [655.6] [1215.9] [438.9]
41.70 66.63 31.04 55.98 20.85
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[1059.2] [1692.4] [788.4] [1421.9] [529.6]
53.69 81.75 38.89 66.96 26.84
13-5/8 15,000 Model B
[1363.7] [2076.5] [987.8] [1700.8] [681.7]
40.06 65.81 20.03
16-3/4 3000 # Model B ND ND
[1017.5] [1671.6] [508.8]
43.06 68.81 21.53
16-3/4 5000 Model B ND ND
[1093.7] [1747.8] [546.9]
49.69 77.75 24.84
16-3/4 10,000 Model II ND ND
[1262.1] [1974.9] [630.9]
55.94 86.97 42.27 73.30 27.97
18-3/4 10,000* Model II
[1420.9] [2209.0] [1073.7] [1861.8] [710.4]
40.56 66.13 30.91 56.48 20.28
20-3/4 3000 Model II
[1030.2] [1679.7] [785.1] [1434.6] [515.1]
37.19 62.75 29.22 54.79 18.59
21-1/4 2000 Model II
[944.6] [1593.9] [742.2] [1391.7] [472.2]
50.87 81.94 39.32 70.38 25.44
21-1/4 5000 Model II
[1292.1] [2081.3] [998.7] [1787.7] [646.2
66.00 100.06 49.75 83.81 33.00
21-1/4 10,000 Model II
[1676.4] [2541.5] [1263.7] [2128.8] [838.2]
48.31 75.79 35.01 62.48 24.41
26-3/4 3000 Model II
[1227.1] [1925.1] [889.3] [1587.0] [620.0]
Table 2: U BOP Height Dimension
TC1403 12
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Height Dimensions All Bodies Configuration (Nominal Sizes)

Type of Body
BOP
STDD/STDD HUB/HUB Common Properties
Size Pressure Type C5 C6 D2 C7 C8 D3 E1* H
in psi model in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm] in [mm]
14.90 31.59 8.45 16.69 20.00
7-1/16 3000# Model II ND ND ND
[378.5] [802.4] [214.6] [423.9] [508.0]
14.90 31.59 8.45 16.69 20.00
7-1/16 5000 Model II ND ND ND
[378.5] [802.4] [214.6] [423.9] [508.0]
15.50 33.57 7.75 18.07 20.00
7-1/16 10,000 Model II ND ND ND
[393.7] [852.7] [196.9] [459.0] [508.0]
15.50 33.57 7.75 18.07 20.00
[393.7] [852.7] [196.9] [459.0] [508.0]
17.26 37.45 8.94 20.19 26.00
11 3000# Model II ND ND ND
[438.4] [951.2] [227.1] [512.8] [660.4]
17.26 37.45 8.94 29.31 49.50 15.28 20.19 26.00
11 5000 Model II
[438.4] [951.2] [227.1] [744.5] [1257.3] [388.1] [512.8] [660.4]
17.26 37.45 8.94 32.19 52.38 16.72 20.19 26.00
11 10,000 Model II
[438.4] [951.2] [227.1] [817.6] [1330.5] [424.7] [512.8] [660.4]
Model 20.26 45.20 10.13 33.88 58.81 16.94 24.94 30.50
11 15,000
79 [514.6] [1148.1] [257.3] [860.6] [1493.8] [430.3] [633.5] [744.7]
17.06 39.13 8.53 22.06 29.10
[433.4] [993.9] [216.7] [560.3] [739.1]
17.06 39.13 8.53 31.94 54.00 16.35 22.06 29.10
13-5/8 5000 Model II
[433.4] [993.9] [216.7] [811.3] [1371.6] [415.3] [560.3] [739.1]
20.39 45.33 10.20 32.81 57.75 16.41 24.94 30.50
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[517.9] [1151.4] [259.1] [833.4] [1466.9] [416.8] [633.5] [774.7]
24.10 52.17 12.05 41.94 70.00 20.97 28.07 39.00
13-5/8 15,000 Model B
[612.1] [1325.1] [306.1] [1065.3] [1778.0] [532.6] [713.0] [990.6]
25.75 35.70
16-3/4 3000# Model B ND ND ND ND ND ND
[654.1] [906.8]
35.00 60.75 17.50 25.75 35.70
16-3/4 5000 Model B ND ND ND
[889.0] [1543.1] [444.5] [654.1] [906.8]
41.94 70.00 20.97 28.07 39.00
[1065.3] [1778.0] [532.6] [713.0] [990.6]
28.60 59.63 14.30 42.84 73.87 21.42 31.03 43.00
18-3/4 10,000* Model II
[726.4] [1514.6] [363.2] [1088.1] [1876.3] [544.1] [788.2] [1092.2]
21.26 46.82 10.63 25.56 39.50
[540.0] [1189.2] [270.0] [649.2] [1003.3]
21.26 46.82 10.63 33.31 58.88 16.66 25.56 39.50
21-1/4 2000 Model II
[540.0] [1189.2] [270.0] [846.1] [1495.6] [423.2] [649.2] [1003.3]
27.76 58.82 13.88 42.82 73.88 21.41 31.06 43.50
21-1/4 5000 Model II
[705.1] [1494.0] [352.6] [1087.6] [1876.6] [534.8] [788.9] [1104.9]
33.50 67.56 16.75 53.00 87.06 26.50 34.06 47.24
21-1/4 10,000 Model II
[850.9] [1716.0] [425.5] [1346.2] [2211.3] [673.1] [865.1] [1199.9]
27.48 46.30
26-3/4 3000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND
[698.0] [1176.0]
Spacing between cavities short as possible other dimensions exist to adapt with tool joint length.
# Old configuration, 5K one to be preferred.
Table 2: U BOP Height Dimension (continued)
TC1403 13
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 4: U BOP Face Outlets Dimensions
Outlets Properties All Bodies Configuration

Flange Studded Hub
BOP 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16 All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16
F1 F2 F3
Size Pressure Type in in in in in in in
in psi model [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
14.63 14.63 14.76 9.87
[371.5] [371.6] [374.8] [250.8]
14.63 16.63 17.69 9.87 16.13 13.38 16.13
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[371.5] [422.3] [449.2] [250.8] [409.6] [339.8] [409.6]
15.63 16.13 19.00 9.87 15.13 16.19 16.38
7-1/16 10,000 Model II
[396.9] [409.6] [482.5] [250.8] [384.2] [411.1] [416.0]
17.63 16.13 17.13 9.87 16.19 15.53
7-1/16 15,000 Model II ND
[447.7] [409.6] [435.0] [250.8] [411.2] [394.5]
17.63 17.63 17.76 12.87
[447.7] [447.8] [451.0] [327.0]
17.63 19.63 20.69 12.87 19.13 16.38 19.13
11 5000 Model II
[447.7] [498.5] [525.4] [327.0] [485.8] [416.0] [485.8]
18.63 19.13 22.00 12.87 18.13 19.19 19.38
11 10,000 Model II
[473.1] [485.8] [558.7] [327.0] [460.4] [487.3] [492.2]
Model 22.88 21.38 22.38 15.12 21.44 20.78
11 15,000 ND
79 [581.1] [543.0] [568.4] [384.2] [544.5] [527.8]
19.18 19.18 19.31 14.42
[487.1] [487.2] [490.4] [366.4]
19.18 21.18 22.24 14.42 20.68 17.93 20.68
13-5/8 5000 Model II
[487.1] [537.9] [564.8] [366.4] [525.2] [455.3] [525.2]
20.88 21.38 24.25 15.12 20.38 21.44 21.63
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[530.3] [543.0] [615.8] [384.2] [517.6] [544.5] [549.3]
27.13 25.63 26.63 19.37 25.69 25.03
13-5/8 15,000 Model B ND
[689.0] [650.9] [676.3] [492.1] [652.5] [635.8]
TC1403 14
DRILLING SYSTEMS

Flange Studded Hub
BOP 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16 All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16
F1 F2 F3
Size Pressure Type in in in in in in in
in psi model [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
22.48 22.48 22.61 17.72
16-3/4 3000# Model B ND ND ND
[570.9] [571.0] [574.3] [450.2]
22.48 24.48 25.54 17.72 23.98 21.23 23.98
16-3/4 5000 Model B
[570.9] [621.7] [648.6] [450.2] [609.0] [539.1] [609.0]
25.13 25.63 28.50 19.37 24.63 25.69 25.88
16-3/4 10,000 Model II
[638.2] [650.9] [723.8] [492.1] [625.5] [652.4] [657.3]
27.13 27.63 30.50 21.30 26.63 27.69 27.88
18-3/4 10,000 Model II
[689.0] [701.7] [774.6] [541.0] [676.3] [703.2] [708.1]
23.13 23.13 23.26 18.37
[587.5] [587.5] [590.8] [466.6]
18.37 ND
21-1/4 2000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND
[466.6] ND
26.38 28.38 29.44 21.62 27.88 25.13 27.88
21-1/4 5000 Model II
[670.0] [720.8] [747.7] [549.3] [708.1] [638.2] [708.1]
29.25 29.75 32.62 23.49 28.75 29.81 30.00
21-1/4 10,000 Model II
[742.8] [755.5] [828.4] [596.7] [730.1] [757.1] [761.9]
27.78 27.78 27.91 23.02
[705.5] [705.6] [708.8] [584.8]
# Old Configuration, 5K to be preferred.

All dimensions are given with outlet pressure class equal

to BOP pressure class.
Table 3: U BOP Face Outlet Dimensions
TC1403 15
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 5: U BOP Outlet Location

Top Bottom
Bottom Cavity Bottom Cavity
Cavity Location Cavity Cavity
(Single or Double) (Single or Double)
(Double) (Dbl/Sgl)
Flange,
Flange,
Hub and
Studded Outlets Hub Flange, Hub Outlets
BOP Studded
Outlets
Outlets
All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16 All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16
G1 G2 G3* G4
Size Pressure Type
in psi model in in in in in in in in
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4.75 4.02 2.64 1.26 4.75 4.02 2.64 1.26
7-1/16 3000# Model II
[120.7] [102.1] [67.1] [32.0] [120.7] [102.1] [67.1] [32.0]
4.75 4.02 2.64 1.26 4.75 4.02 2.64 1.26
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[120.7] [102.1] [67.1] [32.0] [120.7] [102.1] [67.1] [32.0]
4.75 4.75
7-1/16 10,000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND
[120.7] [120.7]
4.75 4.75
7-1/16* 15,000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND
[120.7] [120.7]
5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81 5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81
11 3000# Model II
[136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0] [136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0]
5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81 5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81
11 5000 Model II
[136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0] [136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0]
5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81 5.37 4.57 3.15 1.81
11 10,000 Model II
[136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0] [136.4] [116.1] [80.0] [46.0]
5.75 5.75
11 15,000 Model 79 ND ND ND ND ND ND
[146.1] [146.1]
5.75 5.75
13-5/8 3000# Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND
[146.1] [146.1]
5.35 1.42 5.35 1.42
[135.9] [36.1] [135.9] [36.1]
5.75 5.75 4.41 3.03 5.75 5.75 4.41 3.03
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[146.1] [146.1] [112.0] [77.0] [146.1] [146.1] [112.0] [77.0]
5.50 5.50 4.96 5.50 5.50 4.96
13-5/8 15,000 Model B ND ND
[139.7] [139.7] [126.0] [139.7] [139.7] [126.0]
TC1403 16
DRILLING SYSTEMS

Top Bottom
Bottom Cavity Bottom Cavity
Cavity Location Cavity Cavity
(Single or Double) (Single or Double)
(Double) (Dbl/Sgl)
Flange,
Flange,
Hub and
Studded Outlets Hub Flange, Hub Outlets
BOP Studded
Outlets
Outlets
All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16 All Sizes 2-1/16 3-1/16 4-1/16
G1 G2 G3* G4
Size Pressure Type
in psi model in in in in in in in in
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
6.75 6.75
16-3/4 3000# Model B ND ND ND ND ND ND
[171.5] [171.5]
6.75 6.75
16-3/4 5000 Model B ND ND ND ND ND ND
[171.5] [171.5]
5.50 5.50
[139.7] [139.7]
7.50 7.50 7.50 7.05 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.05
18-3/4 10,000 Model II
[190.5] [190.5] [190.5] [179.1] [190.5] [190.5] [190.5] [179.1]
6.00 6.00 4.72 3.35 6.00 6.00 4.72 3.35
20-3/4 3000 Model II
[152.4] [152.4] [119.9] [85.1] [152.4] [152.4] [119.9] [85.1]
6.00 6.00 4.72 3.35 6.00 6.00 4.72 3.35

21-1/4 2000 Model II
[152.4] [152.4] [119.9] [85.1] [152.4] [152.4] [119.9] [85.1]
7.50 7.50 7.50 6.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 6.50

21-1/4 5000 Model II
[190.5] [190.5] [190.5] [165.1] [190.5] [190.5] [190.5] [165.1]
8.50 8.50
[215.9] [215.9]
7.00 7.00 7.00 6.30 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.30
26-3/4 3000 Model II
[177.8] [177.8] [177.8] [160.0] [177.8] [177.8] [177.8] [160.0]
All dimensions are given with outlet pressure class equal to BOP pressure class.
# Old configuration, 5K to be preferred
* Except when the bottom BOP connection is studded
** When the bottom BOP connection is studded
ND: Never designed; contact Cameron for feasibility
Table 4: U BOP Outlet Location
TC1403 17
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Body Cavity (Nominal Size) Bonnet

BOP Bonnet Bonnet Ram Stroke Operating Piston
Ram Change Space for
Ram Cavity Bolts Bolts Change Between Open and Close
Threads Ram Access
Size Location Location Positions
Ø Conrod
Length
Size Pressure Type
in psi model
A/B in C/D E in in in in in
Ø (8UN-2B) Ø (8UN-2B)
in [mm] [mm] in [mm] in [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
3000 Model II 1-3/4” 5.75/4.63
5000 Model II 2” [146.1/117.5]
9.01/5.51 23.25 1-5/8” (Open) 14.00 2.62 13.14 12.14 4.16/4.39 5.01/5.28
7-1/16
10,000 Model II [228.8/139.8] [590.6] 2-1/2” 1-1/2” (Close) [355.6] [66.6] [333.7] [308.3] [105.6/111.4] [127.2/134.3]
6.00/5.19
15,000 Model II 2-7/8” [152.4/131.8]
3000 Model II 2-1/4”

12.51/6.76 34.00 7.50/5.50 1-7/8” (Open) 18.00 18.78 17.14 6.16/6.37 7.38/7.60
5000 Model II 2-1/2”
[317.8/171.6] [863.6] [190.5/139.7] 1-3/4” (Close) [457.2] 3.37 [477.1] [435.4] [156.4/161.8] [187.6/193.2
11 10,000 Model II 3-1/8” [85.6]
12.51/9.26 39.00 9.13/7.00 2-1/8” (Open) 21.00 19.62 19.62 7.50/7.79 7.47/7.81
15,000 Model 79 3-3/4”
[317.8/235.2] [990.6] [231.8/177.8] 2” (Close) [533.4] [498.4] [498.4] [190.6/197.8] [189.7/198.5]
3000 Model II 2-3/4” 8.50/6.25
21.39 19.76 7.66/7.87 9.15/9.38
5000 Model II 2-7/8” [215.9/158.75]
15.51/7.51 39.00 2-1/8” (Open) 21.00 3.99 [543.3 [502.0] [194.5/200.0] [232.6/238.3]
[394.0/190.6] [990.6] 2” (Close) [533.4] [101.5]
13-5/8 9.13/7.00
10,000 Model II 3-3/4” 21.25 19.62 7.54/7.75 9.21/9.45
[231.8/177.8]
[539.7] [498.4] [191.4/196.9] [233.9/240.2]
15.51/8.01 1301.8 12.125/8.25 2-1/2” (Open) 25.75 3.99 24.90 24.90 9.10/9.32 9.01/9.40
15,000 Model B 4-1/2”
[394.0/203.5] [51.25] [307.98/209.55] 2-1/4” (Close) [654.1] [101.5] [632.6] [632.6] [231.1/236.7] [228.8/238.8]
3000 Model B 2-7/8” - - - - -
48.00 10.00/7.38
[1219.2] [254.0/187.3] 26.56 24.94 9.44/9.72 10.76/11.08
5000 Model B 19.01/9.26 3-1/2” 2-1/2” (Open) 25.75 [674.7] [633.4] [239.8/247.0] [273.4/281.5]
16-3/4 4.99
[482.9/235.1] 2-1/4” (Close) [654.1]
[126.9] 28.19 28.19 11.06/11.34 10.80/11.12
51.25 12.13/8.25
10,000 Model II 4-1/2” [716.0] [716.0] [281.0/288.2] [274.3/300.6]
[1301.8] [308.0/209.6]
21.01/12.01 50.25 12.00/9.63 3-1/2” (Open) 31.25 6.24 29.99 29.99 11.54/11.88 11.58/11.83
18-3/4 10,000 Model II 4-3/4”
[533.7/304.9] [1276.4] [304.8/244.5] 3-3/8” (Close) [793.8] [158.6] [761.9] [761.9] [293.0/301.8] [294.3/300.6]
22.51/8.01 54.19 10.00/7.50 3” (Open) 29.00 3.99 29.89 28.28 11.38/11.59 12.49/12.79
20-3/4 3000 Model II 2-1/2”
[571.8/203.5] [1376.4] [254.0/190.5] 2-3/4” (Close) [736.6] [101.5] [759.3] [718.4] [289.1/294.5] [317.4/324.9]
22.51/8.01 54.19 10.00/7.50 3” (Open) 29.00 3.99 29.89 28.28 11.38/11.59 12.49/12.79
2000 Model II 2-1/4”
[571.8/203.5] [1376.4] [254.0/190.5] 2-3/4” (Close) [736.6] [101.5] [759.3] [718.4] [289.1/294.5] [317.4/324.9]
12.00/9.626 31.25 29.07 29.07 13.54/13.74 13.50/13.78
21-1/4 5000 Model II 4-3/4”
23.51/13.51 50.25 [304.8/244.5] 4-1/8” (Open) [793.8] 6.74 [738.3] [738.3] [344.0/349.2] [343.0/350.2]
[597.2/343.1] [1276.4] 11.50/11.50 4” (Close) 32.75 [171.3] 30.68 29.06 12.08/12.24 13.24/13.55
10,000 Model II 5”
[292.1/292.1] [831.9] [779.4] [738.2] [306.9/310.9] [336.2/344.2]
28.76/8.01 69.25 13.00/7.13 4” (Open) 36.50 3.99 38.06 14.13/14.37
26-3/4 3000 Model II 3-3/4” - -
[730.5/203.5] [1759] [330.2/181.0] 3-3/4” (Close) [927.1] [101.5] [966.8] [358.9/365.2]
Table 5: U BOP Body Cavity Dimensions
TC1403 18
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. U BOP Weight with Manual Locking Screw
Approximate Weight BOP Single Cavity Manual Locking Screw

BOP
Pipe Cavity LB Shear Cavity LB Shear w/Tandem Booster
FLG/FLG STDD/FLG FLG/FLG STDD/FLG FLG/FLG STDD/FLG
Size Pressure Type
in psi model lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs
[kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
2976 3086 3682
[1350] [1400] [1670]
3197 3042 3307 3153 3902 3748
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[1450] [1380] [1500] [1430] [1770] [1700]
3792 3527 3880 3616 4475 4211
7-1/16 10,000 Model II
[1720] [1600] [1760] [1640] [2030] [1910]
4057 3704 4189 3836 4784 4409
7-1/16 15,000 Model II
[1840] [1680] [1900] [1740] [2170] [2000]
6393 6504 7496
[2900] [2950] [3400]
6504 6107 6614 6217 7606 7231
11 5000 Model II
[2950] [2770] [3000] [2820] [3450] [3280]
7143 6460 7253 6570 8267 7584
11 10,000 Model II
[3240] [2930] [3290] [2980] [3750] [3440]
13,404 11,795 13,228 11,618 14,506 12,897
11 15,000 Model 79
[6080] [5350] [6000] [5270] [6580] [5850]
8267 8289 9568
[3750] [3760] [4340]
8929 8951 10,229
[4050] [4060] [4640]
11,949 10,604 12,037 10,692 13,294 11,949
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[5420] [4810] [5460] [4850] [6030] [5420]
23,325 20,922 23,082 20,679 25,221 22,818
13-5/8 15,000 Model B
[10,580] [9490] [10,470] [9380] [11,440] [10,350]
14,551 15,454 17,593
16-3/4 3000# Model B ND ND ND
[6600] [7010] [7980]
14,903 15,807 17,946
[6760] [7170] [8140]
21,848 21,539 23,678
[9910] [9770] [10,740]
27,227 23,841 26,676 13,628 32,915 29,529
18-3/4 10,000 Model II
[12,350] [10,814] [12,100] [13,636] [14,930] [13,394]
16,821 17,240 18,585
[7630] [7820] [8430]
16,248 15,565 16,667 15,984 18,012 17,328
21-1/4 2000 Model II
[7370] [7060] [7560] [7250] [8170] [7860]
27,690 27,161 33,577
[12,560] [12,320] [15,230]
40,234 39,309 44,600
[18,250] [17,830] [20,230]
27,183 24,846
[12,330] [11,270]
# Old configuration, 5K to be preferred.

Table 6: Estimated Weight, U BOP Single Cavity with Manual Locking Screw (All Bonnet Configurations)
TC1403 19
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Approximate Weight BOP Double Cavities Manual Locking Screw

BOP One Pipe Cavity and
One Pipe Cavity and
All Pipe Cavities One LB Shear Cavity
One LB Shear Cavity
with Tandem Booster
FLG/FLG FLG/STDD FLG/FLG FLG/STDD FLG/FLG FLG/STDD
Size Pressure Type
in psi model lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs
[kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
6283 6371 6967
7-1/16 3000 # Model II ND ND ND
[2850] [2890] [3160]
6504 6327 6592 6415 7187 7011
7-1/16 5000 Model II
[2950] [2870] [2990] [2910] [3260] [3180]
7341 7099 7430 7187 8025 7782
7-1/16 10,000 Model II
[3330] [3220] [3370] [3260] [3640] [3530]
7826 7452 7871 7496 8466 8091
7-1/16 15,000 Model II
[3550] [3380] [3570] [3400] [3840] [3670]
12,434 12,610 13,603
11 3000 # Model II ND ND ND
[5640] [5720] [6170]
12,677 12,302 12,809 12,423 13,801 13,426
11 5000 Model II
[5750] [5580] [5810] [5635] [6260] [6090]
13,448 12,765 13,558 12,875 14,573 13,889
11 10,000 Model II
[6100] [5790] [6150] [5840] [6610] [6300]
24,670 22,807 24,504 22,642 25,772 23,909
11 15,000 Model 79
[11,190] [10,345] [11,115] [10,270] [11,690] [10,845]
17,395 17,439 18,717
13-5/8 3000 # Model II ND ND ND
[7890] [7910] [8490]
18,034 18,078 19,357
[8180] [8200] [8780]
22,465 21,253 22,553 21,341 23,810 22,597
13-5/8 10,000 Model II
[10,190] [9640] [10,230] [9680] [10,800] [10,250]
44,886 42,638 44,655 42,406 46,782 44,534
13-5/8 15,000 Model B
[20,360] [19,340] [20,255] [19,235] [21,220] [20,200]
29,300 30,181 32,320
16-3/4 3000 # Model B ND ND ND
[13,290] [13,690] [14,660]
29,652 30,534 32,673
[13,450] [13,850] [14,820]
43,409
16-3/4 10,000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND
[19,690]
54,190 50,795 53,639 50,244 59,878 56,483
18-3/4 10,000 Model II
[24,580] [23,040] [24,330] [22,790] [27,160] [25,620]
34,172 34,602 35,935
[15,500] [15,695] [16,300]
33,510 32,937 33,929 33,356 35,274 34,701
21-1/4 2000 Model II
[15,200] [14,940] [15,390] [15,130] [16,000] [15,740]
53,286 52,911 59,327
[24,170] [24,000] [26,910]
73,502 72,576 79,102
[33,340] [32,920] [35,880]
54,058 51,721 ND
[24,520] [23,460] ND
# Old configuration, 5K to be preferred.

Table 7: Estimated Weight, U BOP Double Cavity with Manual Locking Screw (All Bonnet Configurations)
TC1403 20
DRILLING SYSTEMS
III. U BOP ASSEMBLY AND CONFIGURATIONS
Figure 6: U BOP Assembly Configuration
Qty
Item Description
per cavity
1 Body 1
7 Locking Screw (Subassembly) 2
12 Bonnet Bolt 8
22 Bonnet Seal or Seal Carrier 2
34 Bonnet Bolt Retainer 8
38 Lifting Eye 2
48 Bonnet Right Hand on Single BOP or Lower Cavity of Double BOP 1
49 Bonnet Left Hand on Single BOP or on Lower Cavity of Double BOP 1
50 Bonnet Right Hand on Upper Cavity of Double BOP 1
51 Bonnet Left Hand on Upper Cavity of Double BOP 1
52 Tandem Booster (Subassembly) (Only When Necessary, See Section VI) 1 set
* See Section V for further information.
** Rams not included in BOP assembly. See Section XIII for details.
Table 8: U BOP Double Cavity with Manual Locking Screw
TC1403 21
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Shortened manual locking screw version only for 18-3/4

10K, 21-1/4 5K and 21-1/4 10K.
Figure7: U Bonnet Assemblies
TC1403 22
DRILLING SYSTEMS
IV. U BONNET SUBASSEMBLY
A. Pipe Bonnet Subassembly
* On 13-5/8 15K, 16-3/4 5K/10K, 18-3/4 10K, 21-1/4 5/10K and 26-3/4 3K only
** For 11-15k, 13-5/8 to 16-3/4 and for 20-3/4 to 26-3/4, qty 12 cap screws are required.
For 18-3/4, qty 16 cap screws are required.
*** Not used on 3/5K bonnet except 11” sizes, 11-15K requires 4, 18-3/4 10K requires 1.
Figure 8: U BOP Pipe Bonnet
TC1403 23
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Qty
Item Description
per Bonnet
2 Intermediate Flange 1
3 Bonnet 1
5 Assembly Operating Piston 1
6 Operating cylinder 1
9 Piston RAM Change Open 1
10 Piston RAM Change Close 1
11 Cylinder RAM Change 2
15 Check Valve, Plastic Packing 1
16 Screw, Plastic Packing 1
17 Pipe Plug, Plastic Packing 1
18 Ring, Plastic Packing 1
19 Ring, Plastic Energizing 1
20 Seal Ring, Connecting Rod 1
21*** Ring, Backup Connecting Rod 2, 4, 1***
23 Pin, Ram Guide 2
24 O-ring, Operating Cylinder 2
25 O-Ring, Operating Piston Rod to Intermediate Flange 1
26 Seal Ring Operating Piston 1
27 Seal Ring, Tail Rod to Bonnet 1
28 O-Ring, Tail Rod to Bonnet 1
29 O-Ring, Ram Change Piston to Body 2
30 Four Lobes Ring, Ram Change Piston Rod to Intermediate Flange 2
31 O-Ring, Ram Change Cylinder to Intermediate Flange 2
32 O-Ring, Ram Change Cylinder to Bonnet 2
33 Four Lobes Ring, Ram Change Piston Head 2
35** Cap Screw, Intermediate Flange to Bonnet 8, 12, 16**
36 Gland Bleeder 1
37 Plug Bleeder 1
39 Plastic Packing 5
40 Lip Seal Retainer 1
41 Retaining Ring 1
42 Wear Ring, Operating Piston 1
44 Check Valve (Optional Item Used On Subsea Version Only) 1
76* Wear Ring, Ram Change Bore 2
2R Wear Ring, Ram Change Head (on QPQ Only) 2
3R Wear Ring, Ram Change Nose 2
Table 9: Pipe Cavity U Bonnet Parts
TC1403 24
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Large Bore Shear Bonnet Subassembly
* On 13-5/8 15K, 16-3/4 5K/10K, 18-3/4 10K and 21-1/4 5/10K only
** For 11-15k, 13-5/8 to 16-3/4 and for 20-3/4 to 26-3/4, 12 cap screws are required.
For 18-3/4, 16 cap screws are required.
*** Not used on 3/5K bonnet except 11” sizes.
11-15K requires 4, 18-3/4 10K requires 1.
**** On 11-15K, 13-5/8 15K and 18-3/4 10K only.
Figure 9: U BOP LB Shear Bonnet
TC1403 25
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Qty
Item Description
per Bonnet
2 Intermediate Flange 1
3 Bonnet 1
5 Assembly Operating Piston 1
9 Piston RAM Change Open 1
10 Piston RAM Change Close 1
11 Cylinder RAM Change 2
15 Check Valve, Plastic Packing 1
16 Screw, Plastic Packing 1
17 Pipe Plug, Plastic Packing 1
21*** Ring, Backup Connecting Rod 2, 4, 1***
23 Pin, Ram Guide 2
24 O-Ring, Bonnet to Intermediate Flange 1
26 Seal Ring, Operating Piston 1
28 O-Ring, Tail Rod To Bonnet 1
33 Four Lobes Ring, Ram Change Piston to Ram Change Cylinder 2
35** Cap Screw, Intermediate Flange to Bonnet 8, 12, 16**
36 Gland Bleeder 1
37 Plug Bleeder 1
39 Plastic Packing 5
40 Lip Seal Retainer 1
41 Retaining Ring 1
44 Check Valve (Optional Item Used In Subsea Version Only) 1
76* Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston 2
77**** Wear Ring, Operating Piston 1
2R Wear Ring, Ram Change Head (on QPQ Only) 2
3R Wear Ring, Ram Change Nose 2
Table 10: LB Shear Cavity U Bonnet Parts
TC1403 26
DRILLING SYSTEMS
V. TANDEM BOOSTER (REF. EB 685D)
A. Features and Benefits
A BOP equipped with tandem booster delivers an increased shearing force -

approximately the double than standard bonnet.
Tandem booster should be used on LB shear bonnets

only.
Figure 10: Cameron Tandem Booster for Standard BOP
Figure 11: Cameron Tandem Booster for Shortened Locking System

(only for 18-3/4 10K; 21-1/4 5K and 10K)
TC1403 27
DRILLING SYSTEMS
The following table shows tandem booster design for each size of BOP:
BOP Tandem Booster Weight

Standard Length Short Version
Size WP Per Cavity
Locking System Locking System
in psi Lbf [Kg]
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 2245859-15 N/A 595 [270]
11 3000 to 10,000 2245859-24 N/A 1019 [462]
11 15,000 2245859-25 N/A 1354 [614]
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 2245859-25 N/A 1354 [614]
13-5/8 15,000 2245859-35-02 N/A 2143 [972]
16-3/4 5000 & 10,000 2245859-35-02 N/A 2143 [972]
18-3/4 10,000 N/A 2245859-54-02 6239 [2830]
20-3/4 3000 2245859-71 N/A 4109 [1864]
21-1/4 2000 2245859-71 N/A 4109 [1864]
21-1/4 5000 N/A 2245859-73 6415 [2910]
21-1/4 10,000 N/A 2245859-74 6393 [2900]
All PNs are for one cavity.
Table 11: U BOP Tandem Booster
Weight of large size bonnets equipped with tandem

booster requires bonnets to be supported during ram
change operations to minimize bending moment at full
extended position. It can be done with supports device
from the rig or with support bonnet tool shown in
section V-D.
TC1403 28
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Tandem Booster with Standard Locking System
Figure 12: U Tandem Booster (Standard Locking System)
Figure 13: Hard Piping U Tandem Booster (Standard Locking System)
TC1403 29
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Qty
Item Description
per cavity
1B Adapter Plate or Optional Adapter Lifting Plate 2
2B Adapter Cylinder 2
3B Operating Cylinder 2
4B Cylinder Head 2
5B Tail Rod 2
6B Piston 2
7B Screw, Adapter to Bonnet 16
8B Screw, Cylinder Head to Adapter 12
9B O-Ring, Cylinder Head to Tail Rod 2
10B Lip Seal, Cylinder Head to Tail Rod 2
11B O-Ring, Cylinder to Cylinder Head 2
12B Seal Ring, Piston to Tail Rod 2
13B Wear Ring, Piston to Tail Rod 2
14B Wear Ring, Piston to Cylinder 2
15B Seal Ring, Piston to Cylinder 2
17B Stud, Tail Rod 2
23B Bleeder Gland 2
24B Bleeder Plug 2
35B Nut 4
36B Stud 4
50B** Muffler Filter Kit 2
60B Hard Piping per SK-120254-( ) 2
69B Pipe Plug, Bonnet 2
70B*** Hose Piping per SK-120255-01 1
90B Pipe Plug, Cylinder Head 2
100B* Support Bonnet Tool (Not Shown) 4
* Accessory item, see section V-D (not represented in figure)
** Tandem booster contains a kit (P/N 2397433-02), including two mufflers and one anti-corrosion spray can.
***Accessory item (not represented on figure)
Hard piping (60B) is fitted when tandem booster is delivered built on bonnet.
When tandem booster is delivered loosened, hose piping is supplied for in-field installation.
Table 12 : U Tandem Booster Parts (Standard Locking System)
TC1403 30
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. Tandem Booster with Short Version Locking System
Figure 14: U Tandem Booster (Short Version Locking System)
Figure 15: Hard Piping U Tandem Booster (Short Version Locking System)
TC1403 31
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Qty
Item Description
per cavity
1B Adapter Plate or Optional Adapter Lifting Plate 2
2B Adapter Cylinder 2
3B Operating Cylinder 2
4B Cylinder Head 2
5B Tail Rod 2
6B Piston 2
7B Screw, Adapter to Bonnet 16
8B Screw, Cylinder Head to Adapter 12
10B Seal Ring, Cylinder Head to Tail Rod 2
17B Stud, Tail Rod 2
23B Bleeder Gland 2
24B Bleeder Plug 2
28B O-Ring, Adapter Plate to Bonnet 2
30B Nut, Cylinder Head 12
31B Washer, Cylinder Head 12
32B Lip Seal, Tail Rod to Adapter Plate 2
33B O-Ring, Adapter Plate to Adapter Cylinder 2
34B O-Ring, Cylinder to Adapter Cylinder 2
35B Nut 8
36B Stud 8
37B Flange Locking System 2
38B Stud, Flange Locking System 12
39B Nut, Flange Locking System 12
40B Washer, Flange Locking System 12
50B** Muffler Filter Kit 2
60B Hard Piping per SK-120254-74 2
69B Pipe Plug, Bonnet 2
70B*** Hose Piping per SK-120255-74 1
85B Lifting Eye 4
90B Pipe Plug, Cylinder Head 2
100B* Support Bonnet Tool 4
* Accessory item, see section V-D (not represented in figure)
** Tandem booster contains a kit (P/N 2397433-02), including two mufflers and one anti-corrosion spray can.
*** Accessory item (not represented on figure)
Hard piping (60B) is fitted when tandem booster is delivered built on bonnet.
When tandem booster is delivered loosened, hose piping is supplied for in-field installation.
Table 13: U Tandem Booster Parts (Short Version Locking System)

TC1403 32
DRILLING SYSTEMS
D. Support Bonnet Tool
Weight of large size bonnets equipped with tandem booster requires to support the
bonnets during ram change operations to minimize bending moment at full extended
position. It can be done with supports device from the rig or with support bonnet tool
shown below.
BOP
Recommended
Size WP Support Bonnet Tool
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000
11 3000 to 10,000
11 15,000
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000
13-5/8 15,000 √
16-3/4 5000 & 10,000 √
18-3/4 10,000 √
20-3/4 3000
21-1/4 2000
21-1/4 5000 √
21-1/4 10,000 √
Table 14: Recommended Support Bonnet Tool
Worst weight case configuration (with tandem booster

and hydraulic lock) has been considered to determine
necessity or not to support the bonnet.
To set up support bonnet tool on U BOP, additional machining is required on body and
intermediate flange:
• Additional machining is possible on close die and open die BOP body styles.
• Contact your Cameron representative for information about bonnet tool setup.
Intermediate Flange Body
Figure 16: Additional Machining for Support Bonnet Tool
TC1403 33
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 17: U Support Bonnet Tool Parts
Qty
Item Description
Per Cavity
1SB Body Block 4
2SB Arm Support 4
3SB Support Block 4
4SB Pad 4
5SB Stop Plate 8
6SB Hex Screw 8
7SB Nut 8
8SB Cap Screw for Body Block 16
9SB Cap Screw for Support Block 8
Table 15: Support Bonnet Tool Parts
TC1403 34
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VI. LOCKING SYSTEM (REF. EB 946D)
A. Standard Manual Lock
Figure 18 : U BOP Standard Manual Locking Screw (Pipe Or Shear Cavity)
Qty
Item Description
Per Cavity
1L Housing Locking Screw 2
2L Locking Screw Protector 2
3L Locking Screw 2
4L Protector Cap, Operating Piston 2
5L Stud, Locking Screw Housing 8
6L Nut, Locking Screw Housing 8
7L* Spacer 2
* Used only on 16-3/4 10K pipe cavity and 16-3/4 5K large bore shear with or without tandem booster.
Table 16: Standard Manual Locking Screw Parts
TC1403 35
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Short Manual Lock
Figure 19: U BOP Manual Locking Screw Short Version (Shear Cavity With Tandem Booster)
(Only for 18-3/4 10K; 21-1/4 5K and 10K)
Qty
Item Description
Per Cavity
1SL Housing Locking Screw 2
2SL Locking Screw Protector 2
3SL Locking Screw 2
4SL Protector Cap, Operating Piston 2
5SL Sleeve, Tandem Booster Stud 12
6SL O-Ring, Housing to Tandem Booster 2
Table 17: Manual Locking Screw Short Version Parts
TC1403 36
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VII. HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM (REF. EB 798D)

The U blowout preventer is designed so that hydraulic pressure opens and closes the rams and
provides the means for quick ram change-out.
Ram closing pressure closes the rams. When the bonnet bolts are removed, closing pressure
opens the bonnet. After the bonnet has moved to the fully extended position, the ram is
clear from the body. An eyebolt can be installed in the top of each ram to lift it out of the
preventer.
Ram opening pressure opens the rams. Following ram change-out, this pressure closes the
bonnets. The rams are pulled outward, near the bonnets before the bonnets begin moving
toward the preventer body. This assures that the rams never obstruct the bore or interfere
with the pipe in the hole. Hydraulic pressure draws the bonnets tightly against the preventer
body and the bonnet bolts are reinstalled to hold bonnets closed.
For more information about pressure requirements and operating fluids see EB-196D.
Quantities of hydraulic fluid needed and sequences are given in following table and sketches.
For all sizes/pressures U BOP, the operating ports sizes (Open

and Close) are 1”-11-1/2 NPT.
A. Cavity Operating Data
Pipe Cavities Volumes

BOP Bonnet Locking
Close Open Ram Close Ram Open Bonnet Close
Open Screw
Area Area Volume Volume Volume Closing Opening
Size WP Volume Max
Type Ratio Ratio
in psi Turns to
in² in² Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Lock *
3000 to
7-1/16 Model II 37.3 35.9 1.4 / [5.3] 1.3 / [4.9] 2.0 / [7.6] 2.7 / [10.2] 6.9 2.9 19.5
15,000
3000 to
11 Model II 65.0 62.0 3.5 / [13.2] 3.4 / [12.9] 4.6 / [17.4] 6.0 / [22.7] 7.3 3.7 29.4
10,000
11 15,000 Model 79 88.0 86.1 5.8 / [22.0] 5.7 / [21.6] 7.5 / [28.4] 9.4 / [35.6] 9.9 3.0 34
3000 to
13-5/8 Model II 88.0 82.5 5.9 / [22.3] 5.6 / [21.2] 7.3 / [27.6] 9.5 / [36.0] 7.0 3.6 33.7
5000
13-5/8 10,000 Model II 88.0 82.5 5.8 / [22.0] 5.5 / [20.8] 7.2 / [27.3] 9.4 / [35.6] 7.0 3.6 33.7
13-5/8 15,000 Model B 132.9 130.6 10.6 / [40.1] 10.4 / [39.4] 13.7 / [51.9] 17.3 / [65.5] 10.6 4.4 41.7
3000 &
16-3/4 Model B 132.9 123.6 11.0 / [41.6] 10.3 / [39.0] 13.5 / [51.1] 17.6 / [66.6] 6.8 2.9 41.9
5000
16-3/4 10,000 Model II 132.9 123.6 12.9 / [48.8] 12.0 / [45.4] 15.5 / [58.7] 20.0 / [75.7] 6.8 2.9 48.7
18-3/4 10,000 Model II 228.1 210.0 23.1 / [87.4] 21.3 / [80.6] 25.0 / [94.6] 33.3 / [126.1] 7.4 3.6 59.0
20-3/4 3000 Model II 88.0 82.5 8.8 / [33.3] 8.2 / [31.0] 13.4 / [50.7] 19.0 / [71.9] 7.0 2.2 47.9
21-1/4 2000 Model II 88.0 82.5 8.8 / [33.3] 8.2 / [31.0] 13.4 / [50.7] 19.0 / [71.9] 7.0 2.2 47.9
21-1/4 5000 Model II 256.3 233.1 30.3 / [114.7] 27.6 / [104.5] 31.7 / [120.0] 43.4 / [164.3] 7.2 3.8 57.2
21-1/4 10,000 Model II 256.3 233.1 27.0 / [102.2] 24.6 / [93.1] 29,0 / [109.8] 40.8 / [154.4] 7.2 3.8 58.6
26-3/4 3000 Model II 88.0 82.5 10.9 / [41.3] 10.2 / [38.6] 15.4 / [58.3] 26.6 / [100.7] 7.0 1.6 59.7
* Dimension is dependent on RAM style.

Table 18: Operating Data U BOP Pipe Cavities
TC1403 37
DRILLING SYSTEMS
LB Shear Cavities Volumes

BOP Close Open Ram Close Ram Open Bonnet Close Bonnet Open Locking
Area Area Volume Volume Volume Volume Closing Opening Screw
Size WP Ratio Ratio Max Turns
Type
in psi in² in² Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] to Lock *
3000 to
7-1/16 Model II 56.2 54.8 2.5 / [9.5] 2.4 / [9.1] 3.1 / [11.7] 3.9 / [14.8] 10,4 4,4 21.0
15,000
3000 to
11 Model II 107.3 104.3 7.0 / [26.5] 6.8 / [25.7] 8.0 / [30.3] 9.5 / [36.0] 12 4,9 33.2
10,000
11 15,000 Model 79 136.2 134.3 9.0 / [34.1] 8.9 / [33.7] 10.6 / [40.1] 12.6 / [47.7] 15,3 3,7 33.5
3000 to
13-5/8 Model II 136.2 130.7 10.9 / [41.3] 10.5 / [39.7] 12.3 / [46.6] 14.5 / [54.9] 10,9 4,6 40.4
5000
13-5/8 10,000 Model II 136.2 130.7 11.0 / [41.6] 10.6 / [40.1] 12.3 / [46.6] 14.6 / [55.3] 10,9 4,6 40.4
13-5/8 15,000 Model B 203.7 201.4 16.2 / [61.3] 16.1 / [60.9] 19.3 / [73.1] 22.9 / [86.7] 16.3 5.8 41.7
16-3/4 3000 Model B N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
16-3/4 5000 Model II 203.7 194.4 19.3 / [73.1] 18.4 / [69.7] 21.6 / [81.8] 25.8 / [97.7] 10.4 3.9 47.4
16-3/4 10,000 Model II 203.7 194.4 19.3 / [73.1] 18.4 / [69.7] 21.9 / [82.9] 26.4 / [99.9] 10.4 3.9 48.6
18-3/4 10,000 Model II 317.4 299.3 32.1 / [121.5] 30.4 / [115.1] 34.1 / [129.1] 42.4 / [160.5] 10.4 3.8 58.9
20-3/4 3000 Model II 136.2 130.7 14.9 / [56.4] 14.3 / [54.1] 19.5 / [73.8] 25.1 / [95.0] 10,9 2.0 54.7
21-1/4 2000 Model II 136.2 130.7 14.9 / [56.4] 14.3 / [54.1] 19.5 / [73.8] 25.1 / [95.0] 10,9 2.0 54.7
21-1/4 5000 Model II 317.4 294.2 37.5 / [142.0] 34.8 / [131.7] 39.0 / [147.6] 50.6 / [191.5] 8.9 4.0 57.2
21-1/4 10,000 Model II 334.2 311.0 38.8 / [146.9] 36.1 / [136.7] 40.5 / [153.3]] 52.6 / [199.1] 9.4 4.2 57.3
26-3/4 3000 Model II N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
* Dimension is dependent to RAM style.
Table 19: Operating Data U BOP LB Shear Cavities
LB Shear with Tandem Booster Cavities Volumes
BOP Close Open Ram Close Ram Open Bonnet Close Bonnet Open Locking
Area Area Volume Volume Volume Volume Closing Opening Screw
Size WP Ratio Ratio Max Turns
Type
in psi in² in² Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] Gal / [L] to Lock *
3000 to
7-1/16 Model II 93.5 54.8 4.1 / [15.5] 2.4 / [9.1] 3.1 / [11.7] 5.5 / [20.8] 17.3 4.4 24.2
15,000
3000 to
11 Model II 188.0 104.3 12.2 / [46.2] 6.8 / [25.7] 8.0 / [30.3] 14.7 / [55.6] 21.1 4.9 33.9
10,000
11 15,000 Model 79 224.2 134.3 15.3 / [57.9] 8.9 / [33.7] 10.6 / [40.1] 18.9 / [71.5] 25.2 3.7 41.2
3000 to
13-5/8 Model II 224.2 130.7 17.2 / [65.1] 10.5 / [39.7] 12.3 / [46.6] 20.8 / [78.7] 17.9 4.6 41.3
5000
13-5/8 10,000 Model II 224.2 130.7 17.3 / [65.5] 10.6 / [40.1] 12.3 / [46.6] 20.9 / [79.1] 17.9 4.6 41.3
13-5/8 15,000 Model B 336.6 201.4 27.7 / [104.9] 16.1 / [60.9] 19.3 / [73.1] 34.4 / [130.2] 26.9 5.8 42
16-3/4 3000 Model B N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
16-3/4 5000 Model II 336.6 194.4 30.7 / [116.2] 18.4 / [69.7] 21.6 / [81.8] 37.3 / [141.2] 17.2 3.9 47.7
16-3/4 10,000 Model II 336.6 194.4 30.8 / [116.6] 18.4 / [69.7] 21.9 / [82.9] 37.9 / [143.5] 17.2 3.9 48.8
18-3/4 10,000 Model II 547.7 299.3 52.2 / [197.6] 30.4 / [115.1] 34.1 / [129.1] 62.4 / [236.2] 17.9 3.8 57.9
20-3/4 3000 Model II 224.2 130.7 24.2 / [91.6] 14.3 / [54.1] 19.5 / [73.8] 34.4 / [130.2] 17.9 2.0 58.7
21-1/4 2000 Model II 224.2 130.7 24.2 / [91.6] 14.3 / [54.1] 19.5 / [73.8] 34.4 / [130.2] 17.9 2.0 58.7
21-1/4 5000 Model II 547.7 294.2 62.2 / [235.5] 34.8 / [131.7] 39.0 / [147.6] 75.4 / [285.4] 15.3 4.0 58.8
21-1/4 10,000 Model II 564.5 311.0 62.1 / [235.1] 36.1 / [136.7] 40.5 / [153.3]] 76.0 / [287.7] 15.8 4.2 56.9
26-3/4 3000 Model II N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Dimension is dependent on RAM style.
Table 20: Operating Data LB Tandem Cavities
TC1403 38
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Hydraulic Diagrams
Figure 20: Hydraulic Control System Pipe or LB Shear Cavity
TC1403 39
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 21: Hydraulic Control System LB Tandem Cavity
TC1403 40
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VIII. BONNET BOLTS

A. Type of Bonnet Bolts (Ref. EB 919D)
Bonnet Bolt Pipe Bonnet Bolt LB Shear

Type IA Type IIA
Bonnet Bolt Pipe Bonnet Bolt LB Shear

with Nose Centralizer with Nose Centralizer
Type IB Type IIB
Figure 22: Type of Bonnet Bolts
1): Heavy bonnet bolts (over 50Kg or Ø4in) are type B with a plastic nose at extremity in order to help engagement
and limit risk of damaging first thread during installation/removal.
2): Type II bonnet bolts have a machined flat on head side to differentiate shear cavity bolts from standard pipe
cavity bolts and facilitate installation/removal when used with tandem booster.
U BOP Bonnet Bolt

BOP Bonnet Type
Size (in) Pressure (psi) Pipe LB Shear w/ or w/o Booster Qty Per Cavity
7-1/16 3000 IA IIA 8
7-1/16 5000 IA IIA 8
7-1/16 10,000 IA IIA 8
7-1/16 15,000 IA IIA 8
11 3000 IA IIA 8
11 5000 IA IIA 8
11 10,000 IA IIA 8
11 15,000 IA IIA 8
13-5/8 3000 IA IIA 8
13-5/8 5000 IA IIA 8
13-5/8 10,000 IA IIA 8
13-5/8 15,000 IB IIB 8
16-3/4 3000 IA N/A 8
16-3/4 5000 IA IIA 8
16-3/4 10,000 IB IIB 8
18-3/4 10,000 IB IIB 8
20-3/4 3000 IA IIA 8
21-1/4 2000 IA IIA 8
21-1/4 5000 IB IIB 8
21-1/4 10,000 IB IIB 8
26-3/4 3000 IA N/A 8
Table 21: Bonnet Bolts Use for U BOP
TC1403 41
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Bonnet Bolt Torque Requirements
To install the bonnet bolts correctly, refer to makeup guidelines per EB 919D.
1. Bonnet with Face Seal (Ref. EB 560D)
If bonnet configuration uses a face seal, refer to table below for recommended
torques (Ref. EB 560D).
Bonnet Bolt Properties

Recommended Torque
Hex Across
BOP Bolt Thread with Grease* Giving a 0.07
Flat
Friction Coefficient
Size Pressure
Type in in ft-lb [N•m]
in psi
7-1/16 3000 Model II 1-3/4 2-3/8 711 [964]
7-1/16 5000 Model II 2 2-3/8 1123 [1523]
7-1/16 10000 Model II 2-1/2 2-3/4 2603 [3529]
7-1/16 15000 Model II 2-7/8 2-3/4 4011 [5438]
11 3000 Model II 2-1/4 2-3/4 1923 [2607]
11 5000 Model II 2-1/2 2-3/4 2603 [3529]
11 10000 Model II 3-1/8 2-3/4 5013 [6797]
11 15000 Model 79 3-3/4 3-1/2 8982 [12178]
13-5/8 3000 Model II 2-3/4 2-3/4 3548 [4810]
13-5/8 5000 Model II 2-7/8 2-3/4 4011 [5438]
13-5/8 10000 Model II 3-3/4 3-1/2 8982 [12178]
13-5/8 15000 Model B 4-1/2 4-5/8 N/A** N/A**
16-3/4 3000 Model B 2-7/8 3-1/2 4011 [5438]
16-3/4 5000 Model B 3-1/2 3-1/2 7331 [9940]
16-3/4 10000 Model II 4-1/2 4-5/8 15758 [21365]
18-3/4 10000 Model II 4-3/4 4-5/8 18415 [24967]
20-3/4 3000 Model II 2-1/2 2-3/8 2603 [3529]
21-1/4 2000 Model II 2-1/4 2-3/4 1923 [2607]
21-1/4 5000 Model II 4-3/4 4-5/8 18415 [24967]
21-1/4 10000 Model II 5 4-5/8 21191 [28731]
26-3/4 3000 Model II 3-3/4 3-1/2 8982 [12178]
* Molybdenum disulfide lubricant similar to molykote® paste GN

** Only available in seal carrier configuration
Table 22: Bonnet Bolt Torque Requirements for U BOP with Bonnet Seal
2. Bonnet seal Carrier (Ref. EB 851D):

If bonnet configuration uses a seal carrier, refer to EB 851D for recommended
torques.
TC1403 42
DRILLING SYSTEMS
IX. SEALING TECHNOLOGY
A. Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seal
Standard U BOPs are supplied with bonnet seal - a metal-reinforced elastomeric seal
gasket which seals between the body and intermediate flange and connecting rod seal (a
lip seal made from oil resistant nitrile).
When high temperature and/or high concentrations of H2S are expected, CAMERON
recommends the use of CAMLAST bonnet and connecting rod seals along with CAMRAM
350 packers and top seals.
Figure 23: Bonnet Seal Configuration
TC1403 43
DRILLING SYSTEMS
BOP Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seals Std Service

Size Pressure
Type Bonnet Seal Connecting Rod Seal
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15000 Model II 644197-01-00-01 212741-37-00-01
11 3000 to 10000 Model II 644197-02-00-01 212741-38-00-01
11 15000 Model 79 049272-03-00-01 212741-38-00-01
13-5/8 3000 to 10000 Model II 644197-03-00-01 212741-36-00-01
13-5/8 15000 Model B N/A - Seal Carrier Required* 212741-36-00-01
16-3/4 3000 & 5000 Model B 644197-04-00-01 212741-44-00-01
16-3/4 10000 Model II 644197-04-00-01 212741-44-00-01
18-3/4 10000 Model II 644197-05-00-01 212741-60-00-01
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 Model II 046613-16-00-01 212741-36-00-01
21-1/4 5000 & 10000 Model II 644197-08-00-01 011741-58-00-01
26-3/4 3000 Model II 644197-09-00-01 212741-36-00-01
*Only available in seal carrier version.
Table 23: Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seals Part Numbers
BOP Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seals High Temp

Size Pressure
Type Bonnet Seal Connecting Rod Seal
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15000 Model II 644573-01-00-01 645077-37-00-01
11 3000 to 10000 Model II 644573-02-00-01 645077-38-00-01
11 15000 Model 79 644698-01-00-01 645077-38-00-01
13-5/8 3000 to 10000 Model II 644573-03-00-01 645077-36-00-01
13-5/8 15000 Model B N/A - Seal Carrier Required* 645077-36-00-01
16-3/4 3000 & 5000 Model B 644573-04-00-01 645077-44-00-01
16-3/4 10000 Model II 644573-04-00-01 645077-44-00-01
18-3/4 10000 Model II 644573-05-00-01 645077-60-00-01
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 Model II 046613-26-00-01 645077-36-00-01
21-1/4 5000 & 10000 Model II 644573-08-00-01 645077-58-00-01
26-3/4 3000 Model II 644573-09-00-01 645077-36-00-01
*Only available in seal carrier version.
Table 24: Bonnet Seal and Connecting Rod Seals Part Numbers, High Temp
TC1403 44
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Bonnet Seal Carrier
The bonnet seal carrier is a bore-type sealing assembly which replaces the face seal used
as the previous bonnet seal.
The standard bonnet seal can be replaced by an optional seal carrier; thanks to this
option, sealing capability is not dependent upon bonnet bolt torque. One seal is captured
in a machined bore in the BOP body while the other seal is captured in a machined bore
in intermediate flange.
The seal carrier was designed, developed and performance-verified for use in newly
manufactured BOPs or as a replacement seal assembly for BOPs where either the BOP
body or the intermediate flange requires weld repair on the sealing surfaces.
To set up seal carrier on existing equipment, additional machining is required on body
and intermediate flange.
Seals used on seal carrier are made from CAMLAST material good for high temperature
and/or high concentration of H2S.
Figure 24: Seal Carrier Configuration
BOP Seal Carrier

Size Pressure
Assembly Seal Carrier Seal Removal Tool
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 2010825-09 2231018-01 2231021-01 2010064-12
11 3000 to 10,000 2010825-10 645464-02-00-02 645484-02-00-01 2010064-03
11 15,000 2010825-07 2231081-01 2231080-01 2010064-09
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 2010825-01 645507-01-00-02 645509-01-00-01 2010064-01
13-5/8 15,000 2010825-04 2010145-01 2010146-01 2010064-06
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 2010825-11 2010876-01 2010877-01 2010064-10
18-3/4 10,000 2010825-08 2010185-01 2010184-01 2010064-04
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 2010825-02 645507-02-00-01 645509-02-00-01 2010064-13
21-1/4 5000 &10,000 2010825-03 645507-04-00-01 645509-03-00-01 2010064-08
26-3/4 3000** N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Assembly seal carrier = 1 seal carrier + 2 seals.
**Not yet developed.
Table 25: Seal Carrier Part Numbers

TC1403 45
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. Seal Orientation (Ref. EB 539D)
Items are listed in section X.
1. Bonnet Pipe and Bonnet LB Shear
Item 20/26/27 seals with lip toward BOP cavity.

Bonnet LB shears have the same configuration but
without the operating cylinder.
Figure 25: Bonnet Pipe Seal Orientation

TC1403 46
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Standard Tandem Booster
Item 10B seals with lip toward BOP cavity.

Item 12B and 15B seals with lip toward locking system.
Figure 26: Tandem Booster Seal Orientation
Item 10B seals with lip toward BOP cavity.

Items 12B, 15B and 32B seal with lip toward locking
system.
Figure 27: Short Version Tandem Booster Seal Orientation
TC1403 47
DRILLING SYSTEMS
D. Sealing Improvements
In order to improve reliability and

durability of our sealing parts, O-ring
items 30 and 33 of piston ram change
have been replaced by four lobes
rings.
O-Rings historically used on ram
change pistons are subjected to high
speed linear motion, and under poor
lubricated conditions may roll.
O-Rings have been replaced by quad
rings giving more stability and less
purposed to twist.
Both seals are using exactly
same groove and are perfectly
interchangeable.
Figure 28: Piston Ram Change Quadring Location
BOP Four Lobes Ring Substitution

Size WP O-Ring Quad Ring Qty
Item
in psi P/N P/N Per Bonnet
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 30 702645-32-91 2245543-05 2
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 33 702645-33-21 2245543-06 2
11 3000 to 10,000 30 702645-33-11 2245543-09 2
11 3000 to 10,000 33 702645-33-51 2245543-10 2
11 15,000 30 702645-33-31 2245543-03 2
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 33 702645-33-81 2245543-02 2
13-5/8 15,000 30 031423-21-13-85 2245543-02 2
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 33 702645-34-41 2245543-14 2
18-3/4 10,000 30 2010180-02 - 2
18-3/4 10,000 33 030101-83-13-85 2245543-16 2
20-3/4 3000 30 702645-34-11 2245543-13 2
21-1/4 2000 33 702645-42-51 2245543-16 2
21-1/4 5000 30 702645-35-11 2245543-15 2
21-1/4 10,000 33 702645-43-11 2245543-18 2
26-3/4 3000 30 702645-34-91 2245543-01 2
26-3/4 3000 33 702645-42-91 2245543-17 2
Table 26: Four Lobes Rings Substitution Table Part Numbers
TC1403 48
DRILLING SYSTEMS
E. Emergency Backup
In case of the primary con-rod seal leaks

(leak detected at the vent port on lower
side of intermediate flange), a secondary
seal can be energized by injection of
plastic packing through the injection port
on upper side of the intermediate flange.
To energize the secondary seal of
connecting rod:
1. Remove with care plug (17)
and plastic packing screw (16).
Be careful as small amount of
fluid under pressure may have
migrated through the seal and the
check valve and may be trapped
underneath the plugs.
2. Check if stick of plastic packing is
already in injection hole. If not,
cut plastic packing to length A Figure 29: Plastic Packing Components Injection
following table below:
BOP Maximum Length Length of Plastic

of Plastic Packing Packing Needed to Number of Pieces
Size WP Piece (A) Energize Needed
in psi
in [mm] in [mm]
7-1/16 3000 & 5000 1 [25] 6 [152] 6
7-1/16 10,000 & 15,000 2 [51] 8 [203] 4
11 3000 to 15,000 2 [51] 8 [203] 4
13-5/8 3000 & 5000 2 [51] 8 [203] 4
13-5/8 10,000 3 [76] 9 [229] 3
13-5/8 15,000 4 [102] full stick 12 [305] 3
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 3 [76] 9 [229] 3
18-3/4 10,000 2 [51] 10 [254] 5
20-3/4 3000 3 [76] 9 [229] 4
21-1/4 2000 3 [76] 9 [229] 4
21-1/4 5000 3 [76] 12 [305] 5
21-1/4 10,000 2 [51] 10 [254] 5
26-3/4 3000 3 [76] 9 [229] 3
Table 27: Plastic Packing Requirements
3. Insert the plastic packing piece above plastic check valve (15) and install the plastic
packing screw (16). Screw the plastic packing screw (16) until the stop. Unscrew the
plastic packing screw (16) and repeat the operation as required per table above to
fully fulfill plastic packing pocket. Apply a torque of 50 to 200 ft.lb (70 to 270 N•m).
4. Install the plastic packing plug (17) to close the hole.
TC1403 49
DRILLING SYSTEMS
X. REBUILD KITS
A. Bonnet Pipe Rebuild Kits
Bonnet rebuild softgoods kits are available for U BOP to provide all parts required to
reseal the operating system.
BOP Kit Part Number (For One Bonnet)

Size Pressure
Standard High Temp
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 644909-01-70 2164210-01-70
11 3000 to 10,000 644909-02-70 2164210-02-70
11 15,000 644831-08-70 2164210-17-70
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 644909-03-70 2164210-03-70
13-5/8 15,000 644831-12-70 2164210-10-70
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 644831-13-70 2164210-13-70
18-3/4 10,000 644909-04-70 2164210-21-70
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 644831-17-70 2164210-05-70
21-1/4 5000 644831-19-70 2164210-07-70
21-1/4 10,000 644831-24-70 2164210-19-70
26-3/4 3000 644831-22-70 2164210-08-70
Table 28: Bonnet Pipe Rebuild Kit Part Numbers
TC1403 50
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 30: Bonnet Pipe Rebuild Kit

Qty
Item Description
per Bonnet
21* Ring, Backup Connecting Rod 2*
24 O-Ring, Operating Cylinder 2
O-Ring, Bonnet Bolt Retainer (Or Centralizer Sleeve Only On 13-15K Bonnet, Not
34 4
Shown)
39 Plastic Packing (Not Shown) 2
76** Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston 2
2R*** Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston Head (On QPQ Only) 2
3R Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston Nose 2
*Not used on 3K/5K bonnet excepted 11” sizes, 11-15K requires qty 4 per bonnet, 18-3/4 10K requires qty 1 per bonnet.
**On 13-5/8 15K, 16-3/4 5 & 10K, 18-3/4 10K, 21-1/4 5 & 10K and 26-3/4 3K only.
***Optional, not used on bronze version.
Table 29: Bonnet Pipe Rebuild Kit Parts
TC1403 51
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Bonnet LB Shear Rebuild Kits
BOP Kit Part Number (For One Bonnet)

Size Pressure
Standard High Temp
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 644860-12-70 2164210-04-70
11 3000 to 10,000 644860-01-70 2164210-12-70
11 15,000 644860-04-70 2164210-16-70
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 644860-05-70 2164210-09-70
13-5/8 15,000 644860-08-70 2164210-11-70
16-3/4 5000 to 10,000 644860-09-70 2164210-14-70
18-3/4 10,000 644909-10-70 2164210-22-70
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 644831-11-70 2164210-15-70
21-1/4 5000 644860-13-70 2164210-06-70
21-1/4 10,000 644860-14-70 2164210-20-70
Table 30: Bonnet LB Shear Rebuild Kit Part Numbers
TC1403 52
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 31: Bonnet LB Shear Rebuild Kit
Qty
Item Description
Per Bonnet
21* Ring, Backup Connecting Rod 2*
24 O-Ring, Bonnet to Intermediate Flange 1
34 O-Ring, Bonnet Bolt Retainer or Centralizer Sleeve only on 13-15K Bonnet (Not Shown) 4
39 Plastic Packing (Not shown) 2
76** Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston 2
77*** Wear Ring, Operating Piston 1
2R**** Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston Head (On QPQ Only) 2
3R Wear Ring, Ram Change Piston Nose 2
* Not used on 3K/5K bonnet except 11” sizes, 11-15K requires qty 4 per bonnet, 18-3/4 10K requires qty 1 per bonnet.
** On 13-5/8 15K, 16-3/4 5 and 10K, 18-3/4 10K and 21-1/4 5K and 10K only.
*** On 11 15K, 13-5/8 15K and 18-3/4 10K only.
****Optional, not used on bronze version.
Table 31: Bonnet LB Shear Rebuild Kit Parts

TC1403 53
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. Standard Tandem Booster Rebuild Kits
BOP
Kit Part Number
Size Pressure for One Tandem Booster
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 2164148-20-01
11 3000 to 10,000 2164148-21-01
11 15,000 2164148-22-01
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 2164148-22-01
13-5/8 15,000 2164148-23-01
16-3/4 5000 & 10,000 2164148-23-01
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 2164148-22-01
Table 32: Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit Part Numbers
TC1403 54
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 32: Tandem Booster Standard Version Rebuild Kit
Qty
Item Description
per Tandem Booster
10B Seal-Ring, Cylinder Head to Tail Rod 1
50B* Muffler Filter Kit 1
* Tandem booster contains a kit (P/N 2397433-02) including for one cavity, two mufflers and one anti-corrosion spray can.
Table 33: Standard Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit Parts
D. Short Version Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit
BOP
Kit Part Number
Size Pressure for One Tandem Booster
in psi
18-3/4 10,000 2164148-24-01
21-1/4 5000 2164148-26-01
21-1/4 10,000 2164148-26-01
Table 34: Short Version Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit Part Numbers
TC1403 55
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 33: Tandem Booster for Short Version Locking System Rebuild Kit
Qty
Item Description
per Tandem Booster
10B Seal Ring, Cylinder Head to Tail Rod 1
28B O-Ring, Adapter Plate to Bonnet 1
32B Lip Seal, Tail Rod to Adapter Plate 1
33B O-Ring, Adapter Plate to Adapter Cylinder 1
34B O-Ring, Cylinder to Adapter Cylinder 1
50B* Muffler Filter Kit 1
* Tandem booster contains a kit (P/N 2397433-02) including for one cavity, two mufflers and one anti-corrosion spray can.
Table 35: Short Version Tandem Booster Rebuild Kit Parts
TC1403 56
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XI. ACCESSORIES FOR U BOP
A. Accessories Part Numbers
BOP Assembly Accessories P/N

Size WP Ram Change Cover Locking Screw Standard
in psi Pipe LB Shear Accessories Accessories
7-1/16 3000 & 5000 645046-01 645046-20 697150-01 697149-01

7-1/16 10,000 & 15,000 645046-01 645046-20 697150-01 697149-02
11 3000 to 10,000 645046-02 645046-21 697150-02 697149-02
11 15,000 645046-03 645046-03 697150-02 697149-03
13-5/8 3000 & 5000 645046-04 645046-22 697150-02 697149-02
13-5/8 10,000 645046-03 645046-23 697150-02 697149-03
13-5/8 15,000 645046-06 645046-06 697150-02 697149-04
16-3/4 3000 645046-07 N/A 697150-02 697149-03
16-3/4 5000 645046-06 645046-24 697150-02 697149-03
16-3/4 10,000 645046-09 645046-09 697150-02 697149-04
18-3/4 10,000 645046-10 645046-10 697150-02 697149-04
20-3/4 3000 645046-11 645046-25 697150-02 697149-01
21-1/4 2000 645046-11 645046-25 697150-02 697149-02
21-1/4 5000 645046-12 645046-12 697150-02 697149-04
21-1/4 10,000 645046-13 645046-12 697150-02 697149-04
26-3/4 3000 645046-14 N/A 697150-02 697149-03
Table 36: Assembly Accessories Part Numbers
B. Ram Change Covers
Ram change covers provide two key functions during ram change out and other BOP
maintenance and inspection procedures:
• They protect exposed ram change pistons from any damages.
• Their functions are an added safety mechanism for keeping bonnets fully open
during maintenance and prevent inadvertent closing.
Two cover ram changes are supplied with each U BOP.
Figure 34: Ram Change Cover for U BOP

TC1403 57
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. Locking Screw Accessories
Each cavity equipped with manual locking screw is delivered with two kits of accessories
to allow remote locking. Each package contains:
• 1 handwheel
• 7-1/16’’ BOP size: handwheel ø32 in [812.8mm]
• Other BOP size: handwheel ø49 in [1244.6mm]
• 1 universal joint
• 1 extension wrench
Total length of extension handwheel:

• 7-1/16’’ BOP size: 195.2 in [4959mm] length
• Other BOP size: 199.4 in [5065mm] length
Figure 35: Locking Screw Accessories
D. Standard Accessories
With each BOP, one standard accessory package is supplied:
• 1 ram lube P/N 713878, packaged in 10-lb can

• 1 box wrench
• 1 Allen wrench for plastic packing
• Plastic packing sticks
TC1403 58
DRILLING SYSTEMS
E. Protectors
For standard storage of bonnet delivered loose (bonnet not assembled on the BOP or ram
change not assembled on the bonnet), it is recommended to use protectors to protect
piston ram change threads and provide a stop to avoid inserting the piston ram change
too deep into the bonnet.
3 types of protectors are supplied with all subassembly bonnets:
• 2 ram change protectors for external threads
• 2 ram change plastic plugs for internal threads
• 4 bonnet bolt protectors
1. Ram change protectors:
Figure 36: Ram Change with Protectors Figure 37: Ram Change External Protector
Figure 38: NPT Plastic Plug
BOP Ram Change External Protectors Plug

Size WP Wrench Dim
OPEN CLOSE Size
in psi in
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 2245958-01-01 2245959-01-01 2-3/8
11 3000 to 10,000 2245958-01-02 2245959-01-02 2-3/4
11 15,000 2245958-01-03 2245959-01-03 3-1/8
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 2245958-01-03 2245959-01-03 3-1/8
13-5/8 15,000 2245958-01-04 2245959-01-04 3-1/2
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 2245958-01-04 2245959-01-04 3-1/2
3/4” - 14NPT
18-3/4 10,000 2245958-01-05 2245959-01-05 4-1/4
20-3/4 3000 2245958-01-06 2245959-01-06 4-1/4
21-1/4 2000 2245958-01-06 2245959-01-06 4-1/4
21-1/4 5000 2245958-01-07 2245959-01-07 4-5/8
21-1/4 10,000 2245958-01-07 2245959-01-07 4-5/8
26-3/4 3000 2245958-01-08 2245959-01-08 5
Table 37: Ram Change Protectors Part Numbers and Details
TC1403 59
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Bonnet Bolt Protectors
Figure 39: Bonnet Bolt Protector Figure 40: Bonnet Bolt with Protector
BOP Bonnet Bolt Protector

Size WP
P/N Thread
in psi
7-1/16 3000 - -
7-1/16 5000 2245944-11 2” - 8UN
7-1/16 10000 2245944-04 2-1/2” – 8UN
11 5000 2245944-04 2-1/2” – 8UN
20-3/4 3000 2245944-04 2-1/2” – 8UN
7-1/16 15000 2245944-03 2-7/8” – 8UN
13-5/8 5000 2245944-03 2-7/8” – 8UN
16-3/4* 3000 2245944-03 2-7/8” – 8UN
11 3000 2245944-03 2-7/8” – 8UN
21-1/4 2000 2245944-09 2-1/4” – 8UN
11 10000 2245944-02 3-1/8” – 8UN
11 15000 2245944-01 3-3/4” – 8UN
13-5/8 10000 2245944-01 3-3/4” – 8UN
26-3/4* 3000 2245944-01 3-3/4” – 8UN
13-5/8 3000 2245944-10 2-3/4” – 8UN
13-5/8 15000 2245944-05 4-1/2” – 8UN
16-3/4 10000 2245944-05 4-1/2” – 8UN
16-3/4 5000 2245944-06 3-1/2” – 8UN
18-3/4 10000 2245944-07 4-3/4” – 8UN
21-1/4 5000 2245944-07 4-3/4” – 8UN
21-1/4 10000 2245944-08 5” – 8UN
*Doesn’t exist in LB Shear
Table 38: Bonnet Bolt Protectors Part Numbers and Details
TC1403 60
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. Bonnet support preparation protector

When bonnet support tool described in section V.D is not fitted onto body,
preparation may be protected against corrosion with protector.
Protector kit P/N 2398391-01 for one cavity, 4 preparations.
Figure 41: Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool
F. Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool
In order to protect seals and threads of ram change piston during bonnets assembly, it’s
recommended to use ram change seal assembly plastic tool.
Figure 42: Ram Change with Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool
BOP Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool

Size WP
Open/Close P/N
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 2396905-01
11 3000 to 10,000 2396905-02
11 15,000 2396905-03
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 2396905-03
13-5/8 15,000 2396905-04
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 2396905-04
18-3/4 10,000 2396905-05
20-3/4 3000 2396905-06
21-1/4 2000 2396905-06
21-1/4 5000 & 10,000 2396905-07
26-3/4 3000 2396905-08
Table 39: Ram Change Seal Assembly Tool Part Numbers
TC1403 61
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XII. OPTIONS
A. Lifting Plate
1. Features
The U blowout preventer can be equipped with lifting plate to lift the BOP Stack.
The lifting plates are installed on upper cavity.
For the BOP with manual locking system, the lifting plates are installed usually after
the manual locking housing, except for 16-3/4 5K LB shear and 16-3/4 10K pipe, for
which they replace the spacer.
Special length bolting is supplied with lifting plates.
Figure 43: Lifting Plate - Main Dimensions
TC1403 62
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Lifting Plates on Manual Lock System

Type of Cavity
BOP
SWL** Pipe Lb LBS with Tandem
Size Pressure Type B1 (nom.) B2 (nom.) B3 (nom.)
in psi model mT in [mm] in [mm] in [mm]
7-1/16 3000# Model II 15 54.06 [1373.1] - - - -
7-1/16 5000 Model II 15 54.06 [1373.1] - - - -
7-1/16 10000 Model II 15 54.06 [1373.1] - - - -
7-1/16 15000 Model II 15 54.06 [1373.1] - - - -
11 3000# Model II 25 71.42 [1814.1] - - 71.43 [1821.9]
11 5000 Model II 25 71.42 [1814.1] - - 71.43 [1821.9]
11 10000 Model II 25 71.42 [1814.1] - - 71.43 [1821.9]
11 15000 Model 79 50 86.61 [2199.9] - - 81.24 [2063.5]
13-5/8 3000# Model II 50 84.62 [2149.3] - - 82.49 [2095.2]
13-5/8 5000 Model II 50 84.62 [2149.3] - - 82.49 [2095.2]
13-5/8 10000 Model II 50 86.61 [2199.9] - - 84.49 [2146.0]
13-5/8 15000 Model B 50 100.28 [2547.1] - - 99.94 [2538.5]
16-3/4 3000# Model B 50 99.00 [2514.6] - - - -
16-3/4 5000 Model B 50 99.00 [2514.6] 97.53 * [2477.3] 99.94 [2538.5]
16-3/4 10000 Model II 50 100.78* [2559.8] - - 103.19 [2621.0]
18-3/4 10000 Model II 50 117.13 [2975.1] 117.13 [2975.1] - -
20-3/4 3000 Model II 50 108.60 [2758.4] - - - -
21-1/4 2000 Model II 50 108.60 [2758.4] - - - -
21-1/4 5000 Model II 50 124.13 [3152.9] 124.13 [3152.9] - -
21-1/4 10000 Model II 50 124.00 [3149.6] 127.26 [3232.4] - -
26-3/4 3000 Model II 50 133.87 [3400.3] - - - -
*Remove spacers to install lifting plates
**SWL (metric ton) is for each lifting plate
#Old configuration, 5K to be preferred today
Table 40: Lifting Plate - Main Dimensions
TC1403 63
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Assembly on Bonnet
Figure 44: Lifting Plate Assembly
Figure 45: Lifting Plate Detail
TC1403 64
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. Hydraulic Lock
1. Wedgelock Features and Benefits

The U BOP wedgelock is a hydraulically locking mechanism. It locks the ram
hydraulically and holds the ram mechanically closed even when actuating pressure
is released. The operating system can be interlocked using sequence valve to ensure
that the wedgelock is retracted before pressure is applied to open the BOP.
The existing wedgelocks are originally designed for

operations with pipe/blind/shear rams.
Utilization of wedgelock with Variable Bore Ram (VBR)

and flexpacker ram has limitation (see EB-896D).
Figure 46: U BOP Single Cavity with Wedgelock
Figure 47: Wedgelock Section
TC1403 65
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Length, Pipe/LB Shear with Wedgelock
Figure 48: U BOP Data with Hydraulic Wedgelock
TC1403 66
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Wedgelock Configuration
Type of Cavity
BOP Size LB Shear w/ Tandem
Pipe LB Shear All Types
Booster
Additional
Size Pressure Type A1 (min.) A2 (max.) A1 (min.) A2 (max.) A3 (min.) A4 (max.)
Weight **
in in in in in in lbs
in psi model
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
78.83 106.02 410
7-1/16 3000 # Model II ND ND ND ND
[2002.3] [2692.9] [186]
78.83 106.02 410
[2002.3] [2692.9] [186]
78.83 106.02 410
7-1/16 10,000 Model II ND ND ND ND
[2002.3] [2692.9] [186]
78.83 106.02 410
7-1/16 15,000 Model II ND ND ND ND
[2002.3] [2692.9] [186]
109.66 148.19 1381
11 3000 # Model II ND ND ND ND
[2785.4] [3764.0] [627]
109.66 148.19 112.88 148.16 1381
11 5000 Model II ND ND
[2785.4] [3764.0] [2867.2] [3763.3] [627]
109.66 148.19 1381
11 10,000 Model II ND ND ND ND
[2785.4] [3764.0] [627]
11 15,000 Model 79 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
128.82 172.53 1094
13-5/8 3000 # Model II ND ND ND ND
[3272.0] [4382.3] [496]
128.82 172.53 132.07 172.53 170.72 211.44 1096
13-5/8 5000 Model II
[3272.0] [4382.3] [3354.6] [4382.3] [4336.3] [5370.6] [496]
130.81 174.25 134.08 174.26 1094
13-5/8 10,000 Model II ND ND
[3322.6] [4426.0] [3405.6] [4426.2] [496]
13-5/8 15,000 Model B ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
16-3/4 3000 # Model B ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
145.82 -202.68 152.19 203.25 1116
16-3/4 5000 Model B ND ND
[3703.8]- -[5148.1] [3865.6] [5162.6] [506]
1116
[506]
166.07 226.99 166.07 226.99 191.92 253.16 785
18-3/4 10,000* Model II
[4218.2] [5765.5] [4218.2] [5765.5] [4874.8] [6430.3] [356]
163.22 224.21 166.44 224.20 1213
20-3/4 3000 Model II ND ND
[4145.8] [5694.9] [4227.6] [5694.7] [550]
163.22 224.21 166.44 224.20 1213
21-1/4 2000 Model II ND ND
[4145.8] [5694.9] [4227.6] [5694.7] [550]
180.54 239.66 180.54 239.66 1843
21-1/4 5000* Model II ND ND
[4585.7] [6087.4] [4585.7] [6087.4] [836]
21-1/4 10,000* Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
26-3/4 3000 Model II ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
* LB shear with tandem booster dimensions given with wedgelock short version
# Old configuration, 5K to be preferred today
ND Never designed, contact Cameron for feasibility
Table 41: U BOP Data with Hydraulic Wedgelock (All Bonnet Configurations)
TC1403 67
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. Wedgelock Subassembly
Figure 49: U BOP Wedgelock (Pipe Or Shear Cavity)
Qty
Item Description
per bonnet
1W Check Valve 1
2W Extension Tail Rod 1
3W Head Unlock 1
4W** Lock Head or Optional Sequencing Valve 1
5W Housing Wedgelock 1
6W** Nut, Lock and Unlock Heads 8
7W O-Ring, Check Valve 1
8W O-Ring, Piston “Locking Wedge” to Housing and Unlock Head to Housing 2
9W** O-Ring, Lock Head to Housing 1
10W O-Ring, Locking Piston to Locking Wedge 1
11W O-Ring, Housing to Bonnet 1
12W O-Ring, Locking Piston to Lock Head 1
13W Piston Locking Wedge 1
14W Locking Piston 1
15W** Stud, Lock and Unlock Heads 8
17W Stud, Tail Rod 1
18W** Pipe Plug Nut, 3
13 Stud, Housing to Bonnet (in assy BOP) 8
14 Nut, Housing to bonnet (in assy BOP) 8
* Standard bonnet is without lifting plate.
** Not used with open sequencing valve option
Table 42: U Wedgelock Parts
TC1403 68
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 50: Optional Unlock Sequencing Valve Parts
Qty
Item Description
Per Wedgelock
1S Head 1
2S Body 1
3S Valve Poppet 1
4S Seat 1
5S Spring 1
6S O-Ring, Head to Body 1
7S O-Ring, Seat to Body 1
8S O-Ring, Poppet to Body 1
9S Cap Screw, Head to Body 4
10S Stud 4
11S O-Ring, Body to Housing Wedgelock 1
12S Piping per SK-120115-01 (Not Shown) 1
21S Pipe Plug 1
Table 43: Optional Unlock Sequencing Valve Parts
TC1403 69
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4. Wedgelock Hydraulic Data

For standard configuration wedgelock without sequencing valve, the lock and
unlock operating port sizes are 1/2”-14 NPT.
For wedgelock with sequencing valve, the lock operating port size is 1/2”-14 NPT
and the unlock one is 3/4”-14 NPT.
Without sequencing valve:

Hydraulic circuit of U wedgelock is independent from the bonnet, the following
pages describe wedgelock lock/unlock volumes and operating positions:
Additional Wedgelock Volumes Requirements

BOP Volumes Per Cavity
Size WP Lock Unlock
in psi Gal / [L] Gal / [L]
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 0.2 / [0.8] 1.4 / [5.3]
11 3000 to 10,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.0 / [11.4]
11 15,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.0 / [11.4]
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.0 / [11.4]
13-5/8 - 16-3/4 15,000 - 3000 to 10,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.0 / [11.4]
18-3/4 10,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.2 / [12.1]
20-3/4 & 21-1/4 3000 & 2000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.3 / [12.5]
21-1/4 5000 & 10,000 0.5 / [1.9] 3.2 / [12.1]
26-3/4 3000 N/A N/A
Table 44: Operating Data U BOP Wedgelock
With unlock sequencing valve:

When an unlock sequencing valve is used, it’s installed instead of lock cap. In this
case, the wedgelock unlock chamber is connected with the bonnet open chamber
through the sequencing valve.
Sequencing valve function is to secure opening operation only when full unlock
position is achieved.
To ensure a correct functionality, a plug must be installed at the end of the open
piston ram change (each bonnet) and also on body open port.
For information about piping with sequencing valve, refer to SK-120115-01.
TC1403 70
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 51: Hydraulic Control System Wedgelock
TC1403 71
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5. Wedgelock Rebuild Kits
Figure 52: Wedgelock Rebuild Kit

Qty
Item Description
Per Bonnet
7W O-Ring, Check Valve 1
8W O-Ring, Piston “Locking Wedge” to Housing and Unlock Head to Housing 2
9W O-Ring, Lock Head to Housing 1
10W O-Ring, Locking Piston to Locking Wedge 1
11W O-Ring, Housing to Bonnet 1
12W O-Ring, Locking Piston to Lock Head 1
Table 45: Wedgelock Rebuild Kit Parts
TC1403 72
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Figure 53: Optional Sequencing Valve Rebuild Kit

Qty
Item Description
Per Bonnet
6S O-Ring, Head to Body 1
7S O-Ring, Seat to Body 1
8S O-Ring, Poppet to Body 1
11S O-Ring, Body to Housing Wedgelock 1
Table 46: Optional Sequencing Valve Rebuild Kit Parts
TC1403 73
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. FXT Bonnet
FXT Bonnet is an option available only on 13-5/8 10K U BOP, and developed to provide a
shearing capacity higher than large bore shear bonnet with tandem booster.
For more details, refer to FXT Bonnet OMM TC9121.
Figure 54: FXT Bonnet
TC1403 74
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XIII. RAMS
A. Pipe Rams
The standard U BOP rams are interchangeable for U, UL, and UM BOPs. CAMRAM™ top
seals are standard for Cameron pipe rams. CAMRAM 350™ packers and top seals are
available for high temperature service in which concentrations of H2S are expected.
1. Standard Pipe Rams
Pipe rams are available for use in Cameron ram-type BOPs to fit all commonly used
sizes of tubing, drill pipe, drill collar or casing. Cameron pipe rams included the
following features:
• They are self-feeding and incorporate a large reservoir of packer rubber to en-
sure a long-lasting seal under all conditions.
• Ram packers lock into place and are not dislodged by well flow.
• All Cameron pipe rams are suitable for H2S service per NACE MR-01-75.
Figure 55: Standard Pipe Ram Assembly
Same ram body is able to receive flexpacker and NR

flexpacker (item 2).
Qty
Item Description
Per Assembly Ram
1 Body 1
2 Packer 1
3 Top Seal 1
Table 47: Standard Pipe Rams Assembly
TC1403 75
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Size
7-1/16 11 11 13-5/8 13-5/8 16-3/4 18-3/4 20-3/4 21-1/4 21-1/4 26-3/4
in
BOP
Pressure 3000 to 3000 to 3000 to 3000 to 5000 &
15000 15,000 10,000 3000 2000 3000
psi 15,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Blind √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √
1.050 √ √ - - - - - - - - -
1.250 √ - - - - - - - - - -
1.315 √ √ √* √ - - - - - - -
1.500 √ - - - - - - - - - -
1.660 √ √ √ √ - - - - - - -
1.750 √ - - - - - - - - - -
1.900 √ √ √ √ - √ - - - - -
2.062 √ √ √ √ √ - - - - - -
2.250 √ √ - - - - - - - - -
2.375 √* √* √* √* √* √ √ √* √* √ √
2.625 √ - - - - - - - - - -
2.875 √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √* √* √ √
3.000 - - - √ - - - - - - -
3.500 √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √
3.650 √ - - - - - - - - - -
4.000 √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √* √* √ √
4.500 √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √* √* √ √
4.750 - √ - √ √ √ √ √ √ - -
5.000 √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √
5.500 √* √* √ √* √* √* √* √* √* √ √
5.625 - - - - - √ - - - - -
5.750 - √ - √* - - - - - - -
5.875 - - - √* √ √* √ √* √* √ √
6.000 - √ √ √ √ √ √ - - - √
Drill Pipe Diameter (in)
6.250 - - √ - - - - - - - -
Available Pipe Ram
6.625 - √ √ √* √* √ √ √ √ √ √
7.000 - √* √ √* √* √ √ √ √ √ √
7.250 - - - √* - - - - - - -
7.625 - √* √* √* √* √ √ √ √ √ √
7.725 - - - - √ - - - - - -
7.750 - √ √* √ √ - - - - - -
8.000 - - - √ - - - - - - √
8.125 - - √ - - - - - - - -
8.625 - √ - √ √ √ √ √ √ - -
9.000 - - - √ √ √ √ - - - √
9.375 - - - √* - - - - - - -
9.625 - - - √* √* √ √ √ √ √ √
9.875 - - - √* √* √ - - - - -
10.000 - - - √ - - - - - - -
10.062 - - - - - √ - - - - -
10.250 - - - √* - - - - - - -
10.750 - - - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
11.750 - - - √ - √ - √ √ √ √
11.875 - - - - - √ √ √ √ √* -
12.000 - - - - - - √ - - - -
13.375 - - - - - √* √* √* √* √ √
13.500 - - - - - - - - - √ -
13.625 - - - - - - √ √ √ √ -
13.750 - - - - - - - √ √ - -
14.000 - - - - - - √ √ √ √ √
16.000 - - - - - - √ √ √ √ √
17.000 - - - - - - - - - - √
18.000 - - - - - - - - - √* √*
18.625 - - - - - - - √ √ √* √
18.788 - - - - - - - - - - √
20.000 - - - - - - - - - - √
22.000 - - - - - - - - - - √
Hangoff Ram
* Exist with CAMRAMTM 350 packers
Table 48: Standard Pipe Rams Availability
TC1403 76
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Inserted Packer Rams

The Cameron inserted packer for stripping/snubbing service is designed with a field
replaceable, wear-resistant, non-rotating insert block. The insert block is fabricated
from a specially formulated ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHHMW-
PE) which extends service life. The insert block is designed to be self-locking in the
packer and should not require screws or other fasteners to hold it in place. The
Cameron design eliminates the major causes of failure for inserted packers using
semicircular inserts held in place with screws, including rapid insert wear out and
inserts rotation resulting in permanent packer damage.
Figure 56: Packers Ram
This subassembly inserted packer is used to replace

standard packer pipe (item 2) in assembly pipe ram only.
Qty
Item Description
Per Assembly Ram
1P Packer “RS” 1
2P Wear Insert 1
Table 49: Inserted Packer Rams Assembly
BOP Available Inserted Packer Rams

Size Pressure
5 4-1/2 4 3-1/2 2-7/8 2-3/8
in psi
7-1/16 3000 & 15,000 - √ √ √ √ √
11 3000 & 10,000 √ √ √ √ √ √
13-5/8 3000 & 10,000 √ √ √ √ √ √
Hangoff
Table 50: Inserted Packer Pipe Rams Availability
TC1403 77
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. Hangoff Capacities (Ref. EB 636D)

Hangoff weights are estimated capacities with hardened top corners of the hangoff
rams. This enables the rams to dig into the tool joint and provide superior hangoff
capacity while still meeting NACE requirements.
Pipe Ram Hangoff Capacity

BOP
6-5/8 5-1/2 5 4-1/2 3-1/2
Size Pressure
in psi lb lb lb lb lb
[kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
3000 to 550,000 425,000
7-1/16 - - -
15,000 [249,476] [192,777]
3000 & 600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
11
10,000 [272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
11 15,000
[272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
3000 to 600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
13-5/8
10,000 [272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
13-5/8 15,000
[272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
5000 & 600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
16-3/4
10,000 [272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
18-3/4 10,000
[272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,476] [192,777]
5000 & 600,000 600,000 600,000 550,000 425,000
21-1/4
10,000 [272,155] [272,155] [272,155] [249,475] [192,776]
Table 51: Pipe Ram Hangoff Capacities (Ref. EB 636D)
Figure 57: Hangoff Area
TC1403 78
DRILLING SYSTEMS
B. VBR Rams
1. VBR Ram Details

The Variable Bore Ram (VBR) enables a standard U BOP to seal on several different
pipe diameters. VBR are available on several sizes ranges. All rams listed are
suitable for H2S service per NACE MR-01-75. The VBR seals on a range of drill pipe
sizes as well as hexagonal kellys and provides uniform sealing pressure with virtual
elimination of extrusion paths.
The mechanism of
closure of the VBR
packer is similar to
standard pipe ram
packers. The packers
extend forward of the
ram body faces when
the rams are closed,
the packers contact
each other on the
leading surfaces at the
sides of the pipe bore.
As the ram continues
to close, the rubber in the packers Figure 58: VBR Ram Assembly
is displaced inward to close the
packers around the pipe.
Possible to change item 2 in assembly with flexpacker or

NR flexpacker.
Qty
Item Description
Per Assembly Ram
1 Body 1
2 Packer 1
3 Top Seal 1
Table 52: VBR Rams Assembly
2. Availability
BOP Available VBR Ram
Size Pressure Pipe Size Range
in psi in
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 3-1/2 x 2-3/8 4 x 2-7/8
11 3000 & 10,000 5-1/2 x 3-1/2 5 x 2-7/8
11 15,000 5 x 2-7/8
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 7 x 4-1/2 5-1/2 x 3-1/2 5-7/8 x 3-1/2 5 x 2-7/8
13-5/8 15,000 5 x 3-1/2 5-1/2 x 3-1/2 5-7/8 x 3-1/2 7 x 5
16-3/4 3000 to 10,000 5-1/2 x 3-1/2 7 x 5
18-3/4 10,000 7-5/8 x 3-1/2
21-1/4 5000 & 10,000 5-7/8 x 2-7/8
Table 53: VBR Rams Availability (Ref. EB 859D)
TC1403 79
DRILLING SYSTEMS

Should it become necessary, or in the event of an emergency, drill pipe may be
hung on closed and locked rams. Before hanging the pipe, the rams should be
closed with the maximum available hydraulic pressure up to 3000 psi, then “locked-
in” with the appropriate locking device as determined by the BOP configuration.
(Hangoff ref. EB 859D)
VBR Ram Hangoff Capacities

BOP
Range Drill Pipe Size (in)
Size Pressure Max Min 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 5-7/8 6-5/8 7-5/8
in psi in in lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lbs/ [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg]
30,000 30,000 150,000

3-1/2 2-3/8 - - - - - -
3000 to [13,608] [13,608] [68,039]
7-1/16
15,000 30,000 100,000
4 2-7/8 - - - - - - -
[13,608] [45,359]
3000 & 30,000 110,000 150,000 300,000

11 5 2-7/8 - - - - -
5000 [13,608] [49,895] [68,039] [136,078]
110,000 150,000 300,000

11 10,000 5-1/2 3-1/2 - - - - - -
[49,895] [68,039] [136,078]
40,000 150,000 200,000 450,000

11 15,000 5 2-7/8 - - - - -
[18,144] [68,039] [90,718] [204,117]
30,000 150,000 200,000 450,000

5 2-7/8 - - - - -
[13,608] [68,039] [90,718] [204,117]
150,000 200,000 450,000 450,000

5-1/2 3-1/2 - - - - -
3000 to [68,039] [90,718] [204,117] [204,117]
13-5/8
10,000 150,000 200,000 450,000 450,000 450,000
5-1/2 3-1/2 - - - -
[68,039] [90,718] [204,117] [204,117] [204,117]
140,000 190,000 240,000 240,000 450,000

7 4-1/2 - - - -
[63,503] [86,183] [108,862] [108,862] [204,117]
200,000 200,000 450,000

5 3-1/2 - - - - - -
[90,718] [90,718] [204,117]
200,000 200,000 450,000 450,000

13-5/8 15,000 5-1/2 3-1/2 - - - - -
[90,718] [90,718] [204,117] [204,117]
250,000 300,000 300,000 450,000

7 5 - - - - -
[113,398] [136,078] [136,078] [204,117]
185,000 210,000 285,000 285,000 285,000 450,000

16-3/4 5000 7 3-1/2 - -
[83,915] [95,254] [129,274] [129,274] [129,274] [204,117]
70,000 294,000 350,000 450,000 450,000

5-1/2 2-7/8 - - - -
[31,751] [133,356] [158,757] [204,117] [204,117]
16-3/4 10,000
285,000 285,000 285,000 450,000
7 5 - - - - -
[129,274] [129,274] [129,274] [204,117]
200,000 240,000 350,000 350,000 350,000 375,000 450,000

18-3/4 10,000 7-5/8 3-1/2 - -
[90,718] [108,862] [158,757] [158,757] [158,757] [170,097] [204,117]
5000 & 30,000 140,000 240,000 350,000 350,000 450,000

21-1/4 5-7/8 2-7/8 - - -
10,000 [13,608] [63,503] [108,862] [158,757] [158,757] [204,117]
Table 54: VBR Rams Hangoff Capacities
Rams manufactured since 1986 have the upper corner

of the pipe cutout hardened in order to increase their
hangoff capacity.
TC1403 80
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Max Range Hangoff
Min Range Hangoff
Figure 59: VBR Ram Range
We do not recommend hanging off pipe in the lower

end of the range of a VBR, Flexpacker or FLEXPACKER
NR. During hangoff of smaller pipe sizes, the load is
supported by the packer, not the ram block. This type of
loading can damage the packer and lead to premature
failure.
TC1403 81
DRILLING SYSTEMS
C. Flexpacker Rams
1. Standard Flexpacker Rams

The Flexpacker is a multi-bore sealing device that uses radially moving, stacked anti-
extrusion segments to retain wellbore pressure. Each layer of segment is machined
to fit a specific pipe size within the sealing range, while the packer top plate is
cut to match the diameter of the largest pipe size. As different sizes of pipe are
introduced into the sealing bore, the segments align to fit closely around the pipe
and reduce the extrusion gap to a minimum.
Cameron flex rams included the following features:

• The flexpacker requires little or no break-in and will seal on the first closure
under typical operating conditions.
• The anti-extrusion segments are positively retained in the packer by means of
pins running vertically through the segments.
• Guidance and alignments of pipe into the sealing bore is aided by chamfers on
the leading corners of the anti-extrusion segments.
Figure 60: Flexpacker Ram Assembly
This packer fits into a PIPE or VBR ram body.
Qty
Item Description
Per Assembly Ram
2 Flexpacker 1
Table 55: Flexpacker Rams Assembly
BOP Available Flexpacker

Body Ram Required
in psi in
18-3/4 10,000 5 x 2-7/8 VBR
20-3/4 3000 7 x 5 Pipe
21-1/4 2000 6-5/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 Pipe
Table 56: Flexpacker Rams Availability (Ref. EB 859D)
TC1403 82
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. NR (Narrow Range) Flexpacker Rams

The NR Flexpacker is a narrow range VBR packer designed for use with tapered drill
strings. The Flexpacker NR fits standard fixed bore CAMERON rams. The Flexpacker
NR seals around a range of specified pipe sizes to provide economical sealing
capabilities at a fraction of the cost of traditional range packers.
The patent Flexpacker NR design features metal inserts bonded into the elastomer
which move radially as BOP rams close. As the ram energizes, the set of metal
inserts matching the size of pipe in the bore is forced against the pipe. This design
virtually eliminates elastomer extrusion and ensures uniform distribution of
pressure around the pipe. Maximum service life is achieved at the extremes of the
specified size range for this ram packer.
The NR Flexpacker is available to fit standard pipe rams for U BOPs (Ref. EB859D).
Figure 61: NR Flexpacker Ram Assembly
This packer fits in pipe ram body only.
Qty
Item Description
Per Assembly Ram
2 NR Flexpacker 1
Table 57: NR Flexpacker Rams Assembly
BOP Available Flexpacker NR

in psi in
3-1/2 x 2-7/8
7-1/16 3000 to 10,000 2-7/8 x 2-3/8
2-3/8 x 1-1/2
3-1/2 x 2-3/8
11 3000 to 10,000
5 x 3-1/2
3-1/2 x 2-3/8
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 5 x 3-1/2
6-5/8 x 5
5 x 3-1/2
18-3/4 10,000
6-5/8 x 5
Table 58: NR Flexpacker Rams Availability (Ref. EB 859D)
TC1403 83
DRILLING SYSTEMS

Should it become necessary, or in the event of an emergency, drill pipe may be
hung on closed and locked rams. Before hanging the pipe, the rams should be
closed with the maximum available hydraulic pressure up to 3000 psi, then “locked-
in” with the appropriate locking device as determined by the BOP configuration.
Flexpacker Hangoff Capacities

BOP
Range Drill pipe size (in)
Size Pressure Max Min 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6-5/8 7
in in in in lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg]
3000 to 15,000 20,000 300,000
11 3-1/2 2-3/8 - - - - -
10,000 [6,804] [9,072] [136,078]
3000 to 15,000 20,000 300,000
13-5/8 3-1/2 2-3/8 - - - - -
10,000 [6,804] [9,072] [136,078]
30,000 30,000 150,000 450,000
18-3/4 10,000 5 2-7/8 - - - -
[13,608] [13,608] [68,039] [204,117]
100,000 125,000 250,000 450,000
20-3/4 3000 6-5/8 5 - - - -
[45,359] [56,699] [113,398] [204,117]
100,000 125,000 250,000 450,000
21-1/4 2000 7 5 - - - -
[45,359] [56,699] [113,398] [204,117]
Table 59: Flexpacker Ram Hangoff Capacities (Ref. EB 859D and EB703D)
NR Flexpacker Hangoff Capacities

BOP
Range Drill Pipe Size (in)
Size Pressure Max Min 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6-5/8
in psi in in lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg] lb / [kg]
30,000 30,000 425,000
3-1/2 2-3/8 - - - -
3000 to [13,608] [13,608] [192,777]
11
10,000 100,000 150,000 425,000
5 3-1/2 - - - -
[45,359] [68,039] [192,777]
30,000 30,000 425,000
3-1/2 2-3/8 - - - -
[13,608] [13,608] [192,777]
3000 to 150,000 200,000 450,000
13-5/8 5 3-1/2 - - - -
10,000 [68,039] [90,718] [204,117]
190,000 240,000 450,000
6-5/8 5 - - - -
[86,183] [108,862] [204,117]
150,000 200,000 450,000
5 3-1/2 - - - -
[68,039] [90,718] [204,117]
18-3/4 10,000
190,000 240,000 450,000
6-5/8 5 - - - -
[86,183] [108,862] [204,117]
Table 60: NR Flexpacker Ram Hangoff Capacities (Ref. EB 859D)
TC1403 84
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Bigger Pipe Size Hangoff
Smaller Pipe Size Hangoff
Figure 62: FLEXPACKER Ram Range
We do not recommend hanging off pipe in the lower

end of the range of a VBR, Flexpacker or FLEXPACKER
NR. During hangoff of smaller pipe sizes, the load is
supported by the packer, not the ram block. This type of
loading can damage the packer and lead to premature
failure.
TC1403 85
DRILLING SYSTEMS
D. Shear Rams
1. Availability
Several types of shear rams are available to cover different conditions of shearing
and then allow the rams to close and seal. Each type of shear ram is detailed in
sections below.
Available Shear Rams

BOP
Shear RAM Type
Size Pressure SBR
H2S SBR ISR DS DSI DVS
in psi
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 √ (II) ND ND ND √*/** √
11 3000 to 10,000 √ (I)* √* ND √ ND ND
11 15,000 √ (I)* √* √* ND ND ND
13-5/8 3000 to 10,000 √ (I)* √* √* ND ND ND
13-5/8 15,000 √ (I)* √* ND ND ND ND
16-3/4 5000 & 10,000 √ (I)* - ND ND ND ND
18-3/4 10,000 √ (I) √* ND ND ND ND
20-3/4 3000
√ (III)* ND ND ND ND ND
21-1/4 2000
21-1/4 5000 √ (I)* ND ND ND ND ND
21-1/4 10,000 √ √ ND ND ND ND
ND: Not yet developed.
(-) SBR Ram type (see section XIII D2.).
*Exist in CAMRAMTM 350 packers.
** Max working pressure 10000 psi.
Table 61: Shear Ram Availability (EB 852D)
TC1403 86
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Shearing Blind Rams (SBR)

Standard SBRs are “single piece” shear rams with the blades integral to the ram
body. The upper SBR features a ‘V’ shaped cutting edge while the lower SBR as a
straight cutting edge. The upper SBR houses a large blade packer which seals on
the front surface of the lower SBR blade.
Under normal operating conditions, SBRs are used as blind rams. The large front
packer in the upper shear ram seals against the front face of the lower shear
ram, resulting in prolonged packer life similar to that of standard blind packers.
Features of SBRs include:
• Large frontal area on the blade face seal that reduces pressure on the rubber
and increases service life;
• CAMRAM™ top seals that are standard for all U SBRs; and
• Cameron SBR’s, both inserted and integral blades, that meet the H2S
requirements of both API 16A and NACE MR-01-75. Sulfide stress cracking
susceptible materials are used for the blades; however, the main bodies of the
SBRs are made of sulfide stress cracking resistant materials.
Shearing action: Upon completion of shearing, the lower fish is folded over and
flattened to allow the front surface of the lower blade to seal against a blade
packer.
a. SBR Body Type I
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 63: SBR Type I Ram Assembly
Item Description Qty Item Description Qty

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
3 Left Side Packer 1 2 Blade Packer 1
4 Right Side Packer 1 3 Left Side Packer 1
5 Top Seal 1 4 Right Side Packer 1
5 Top Seal 1
Table 62: SBR Type I Ram Assembly
TC1403 87
DRILLING SYSTEMS
b. SBR Body Type II
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 64: SBR type II Ram Assembly

Upper Ram Lower Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
4 Right Side Packer 1 5 Top Seal 1
5 Top Seal 1
Table 63: SBR Type II Ram Assembly
TC1403 88
DRILLING SYSTEMS
c. SBR Body Type III
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 65: SBR Type III Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
4 Right Side Packer 1 5 Top Seal 1
5 Top Seal 1
Table 64: SBR Type III Ram Assembly
TC1403 89
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3. H2S Shearing Blind Rams (SBR)

H2S SBRs are similar in design to the standard SBRs type I with the exception of
the shear blades. H2S SBRs feature blade inserts of hardened high allow material
suitable for H2S service.
Cameron H2S SBRs are fully compliant with NACE MR-01-75 and API 16A. Therefore,
they are acceptable for use in severe H2S environments. In addition, they have a
long and successfully history of performance in oil well drilling.
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 66: H2S Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Lower Body 1 1 Upper Body 1
5 Top Seal 1 4 Right Side Packer 1
6 Insert Blade 1 5 Top Seal 1
7 Pin Spirol 2 8 Insert Blade 1
9 Modified Set Screw 2
Table 65: H2S Ram Assembly
TC1403 90
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4. Double Shear Rams (DS)

DS shear rams were developed to shear multiple tubing strings regardless of their
orientation to the centerline of the ram bore. In addition to this capability, the DS
shear rams can shear larger diameter tubular than the standard SBRs due to the
increased blade width and thickness. Efficient shear blade geometry on both the
upper and lower rams serves to reduce the required shearing force.
The DS shear rams include the same features than shearing blind ram but they
can shear heavier, larger pipe and are better suited for shearing multiple strings
compare to the SBR for three main reasons:
• The blades are wider, covering more of the through bore;
• The fold-over shoulder has been eliminated by placing the blade seal
between the blades; and
• Both blades have an efficient ‘V’ shape.
While these features increase shearing capability, they reduce performance of the
DS as a blind ram. The wider blade dictates narrower side packers, and the seal
between the blades cannot be energized directly by ram closure. This must be
accomplished by feeding rubber from the side packers into the blade seal slot. This
means that the sealing system of the DS is less robust than one SBR and the packer
service life is shorter.
Shearing action: Upon completion of shearing, the lower fish is housed in a vertical
pocket while the blade face seal provides a seal between the horizontal faces of the
upper and lower blades.
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 67: DS Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
3 Left Side Packer 1 3 Left Side Packer 1
4 Right Side Packer 1 4 Right Side Packer 1
5 Top Seal 1 5 Top Seal 1
6 Blade Seal 2
Table 66: DS Ram Assembly
TC1403 91
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5. Double Shear Interlocking Rams (DSI)

DSI Shear Rams are similar in design to the standard DS shear rams except for the
interlocking feature of the rams. Pockets in the lower ram and arms on the upper
are used to prevent any vertical separation between the lower and upper blades.
The interlocking feature provides the capability to shear wireline and braided cable
with zero tension in the line and still maintain a seal. In doing this, some of the
blade width is lost, thus losing the ability to shear larger diameter pipe and casing.
Shearing action: Same as the DS rams except that when the rams first engage, any
separation between the blades is eliminated.
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 68: DSI Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
6 Blade Seal Left 1
7 Blade Seal Right 1
Table 67: DSI Ram Assembly
TC1403 92
DRILLING SYSTEMS
6. Interlocking Shear Rams (ISR)
The interlocking shear ram (ISR) is available for the U BOP. The ISR rams provide
an improved shearing capacity alternative to the standard SBR rams. Since the
geometry of the ISR ram incorporates a “V” shape and is designed as wide as
possible, it can shear multiple strings and drill pipe as large as 6-5/8” OD. Also, ISR
rams do not have to fold over the lower fish. This mean less force is required to
shear and, by leaving the fish open, kill mud can be pumped down the severed drill
strings. The interlocking mechanism incorporated in the ISR means these rams can
be used in an oversized cavity without fear of a leak at low wellbore pressure.
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 69: ISR Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
6 Left Blade Seal 1
7 Right Blade Seal 1
Table 68: ISR Ram Assembly
TC1403 93
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7. Double ‘V’ Shear Rams (DVS)

DVS Rams combine the features of the SBR and DS rams into one shear ram. Both
the upper and lower DVS rams feature are ‘V’ shaped cutting edge to reduce the
required shear force. The blade widths are maximized to increase the shearing
capabilities. The upper DVS houses a large blade packer which seals on the front
edge of the lower DVS blade.
Shearing action: upon completion of shearing, the lower fish is folded over and
flattened to allow the leading edge of the lower blade to seal against a blade
packer.
Upper Ram
Lower Ram
Figure 70: DVS Ram Assembly

Lower Ram Upper Ram
1 Body 1 1 Body 1
5 Top Seal 1 4 Right Packer Side 1
5 Top Seal 1
Table 69: DVS Ram Assembly
TC1403 94
DRILLING SYSTEMS
8. Shear Rams Comparison (Ref. EB 852D)
Lower Blade Upper Blade Sealing

Ram Type Range of Shearing Capabilities
Geometry Geometry Mechanism
SBRs Tubing, Drill Pipe, Small Casing Straight V Style I
H2S SBRs Tubing, Drill Pipe, Small Casing Straight V Style I
Tubing, Drill Pipe, Small Casing, Single/Multiple
DS V V Style II
String, Sinker Bar,
Tubing, Drill Pipe, Small Casing, Single/Multiple
ISRs V V Style II
String, Sinker Bar, Cable
Tubing, Drill Pipe, Single/Multiple String,
DSI V V Style II
Sinker Bar, Cable
DVS Tubing, Drill Pipe, Small Casing V V Style I
Table 70: Shear Ram Comparison (Ref. EB 852D)
Style I (Blade Packer) Style II (Blade Face Seal)
Figure 71: Sealing Mechanism
TC1403 95
DRILLING SYSTEMS
E. Wear Pads
The wear pads are designed to prevent direct ram metal-to-metal contact with the BOP
ram cavity and minimize wear.
Wear pads are recommended for heavy rams and supplied as standard on 18-3/4” 10KSI,
21-1/4” 5 and 10KSI and 26-3/4” 3KSI.
Style I Style II
Style II applies only for 26.3/4’’ 3K ram.

Style I applies for all other sizes.
Figure 72: Wear Pads Assembly
Qty
Item Description
per Assy Ram
1WP Wear Pad, Left 1
2WP Wear Pad, Right 1
3WP Screw 4
Table 71: Wear Pads Assembly
TC1403 96
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XIV. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Safety Hazard Indicators
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

could result in minor or moderate injury.

could result in death or serious injury.

will result in death or serious injury.
Preferred to address practices not related to personal

injury.
A. Physical Data
1. Lubricants:
Lubricants listed below are recommended by Cameron; however, other products
exhibiting similar performances can be used.
To minimize risk of use of any of lubricant or hydraulic

fluid, a full verification of technical and chemical data
sheet must be done across local health and safety
department. Product must be used following data sheet
recommendations.
2. Recommended grease and oil:
CORROLESS CCI 350

Lubricant and anticorrosion grease, consisting of a blend of oils, waxes and vapor
phase corrosion inhibitor
TC1403 97
DRILLING SYSTEMS
CHEMOLA TF 41
Lubricant and anticorrosion grease for wear and friction reduction
RAM Lube RL-45
Lubricant oil
MOLYKOTE GN Plus
Recommended grease for bonnet bolts and other fasteners. Provide a 0.07 friction
coefficient. For other moly greases, consider +35% on torque value given in this
document.
MOLYKOTE Omnigliss
Suitable for frictional contacts, running at low to medium speeds, which are not
equipped with grease nipples or oiling holes
JET MARINE 2571 Modified
Grease resistant to atmospheric conditions, applied on exposed threads
WEDOLIT K 130
Oil for phosphated surface corrosion protection
CORTEC VPCI-369
Anti-corrosion spray recommended to protect hydraulic cylinders during storage
LOCTITE 242
Thread locker
3. Lubricant recommended use:
Type of Preservation
Location Thread Locker P/N Packaging
Grease Spray Oil
Grooves, Bore, Cavity CORROLESS
- - - 2728450-01 18 kG. can
w/o Ram CCI 350
CHEMOLA
Metal Contact Face - - - 700668 20 lb. pail
TF-41
RAM LUBE
Cavity w/Rams _ _ 713878 10 lb can
RL-45
MOLYKOTE
- - - 2714643 1 kG. can
GN PLUS
Bolting Parts, Threads
MOLYKOTE G
- - 2359649-01 400 mL spray
Rapid Spray
MOLYKOTE
Bearings/Wearings - - - 2826208-01 400 mL. spray
Omnigliss
JET MARINE
Female/Male Threads - - - 2728484-01 50 kG. can
2571 MODIFIED
RAMs _ _ WEDOLIT K130 _ 2826207-01 25 L. drum
TOTAL
Seal/Sealing Surfaces _ _ - 619011-75 205 L. drum
EQUIVIS ZS32
Tandem Booster CORTEC
- - - 2826227-01 312 g. spray
Dead Chamber VPCI-369
Threads - - - LOCTITE 242 597197-02 50 cc. bottle
Table 72: Lubricant References
TC1403 98
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4. Recommended hydraulic fluid (Ref. EB 196D and EB 928D):

Light hydraulic oil is the recommended operating fluid for U BOPs used in land
drilling operations. Any type is satisfactory except fuel oil, which causes rubber seals
to swell and deteriorate.
In marine operations, a water and lubricant mixture is recommended. Water can
be used in land operations, provided lubricant is added to prevent corrosion and
provide lubrication, and antifreeze is added when necessary.
Should an emergency require the use of corrosive or contaminated fluid to operate
a BOP, the BOP should be torn down, thoroughly cleaned, and all seals should be
carefully checked for excessive wear or corrosion as soon as is practical thereafter.
The control unit pump suction should have a strainer to keep sediment out of the
operating system, and the control unit reservoir should be flushed and cleaned
periodically.
5. Water base fluids references (Ref. SK-196667-01):
ERIFON 603 HP - STACKMAGIC
Water base fluid used for hydraulic operations and preservation for medium term
storage.
OCEANIC EPF -STACKGUARD
Water/glycol fluid with additives used for preservation for long term storage.
Storage Term Preservation Hydraulic Fluid P/N Packaging
Erifon HD 603 619011-46 205 L. drum
Medium
StackMagic 2711391-02-02 205 L. drum
Oceanic EPF 711285 55 L. drum
Long
StackGuard 2711391-04 205 L. drum
Table 73: Hydraulic Fluid References
TC1403 99
DRILLING SYSTEMS
6. Lifting and handling:

Lift BOP assemblies only with slings appropriately rated for the maximum weight of
the BOP. Handle all other subassemblies using appropriately rated slings.
Lift ram assemblies by installing a lifting eye (38) (P/N 011849) in the thread hole
preparation on the top of ram.
Figure 73: Ram Lifting
Lift bonnet assembly by installing lifting eyes (38) (P/N 011849) in the thread hole
preparation on the top of bonnet.
Do not use these lifting eyes to lift the BOP assembly.
Figure 74: Bonnet Lifting
TC1403 100
DRILLING SYSTEMS
For bonnet installation on body, lift bonnet subassembly levelled using operating
piston (in retracted position) and bonnet cap ram changes (Ref. EB 932D).
Figure 75: Levelled Bonnet for Installation
BOP assembly can be lifted by passing sling under bonnets (slings positioned as
closed as possible from body). As an alternative, threaded holes on top of body
can be used. Before use of these holes, threads should be checked for corrosion or
damages.
Lifting eyes and slings used should be selected to handle the BOP weight given in
section II.
Figure 76: BOP Lifting
7. External hydraulic ports:

Open and close operating ports for all BOP dimensions are 1’’-11.1/2 NPT.
TC1403 101
DRILLING SYSTEMS
8. Hydraulic operating system requirements:

The rated continuous working pressure for the U BOP operating system is 1500 psi
(100 bars).
Pressures of 300 to 500 psi (20 to 40 bars) normally provide satisfactory operation.
Pressures in excess of 1500 psi may be required in high pressure BOPs to close the
rams against high well pressures or shear heavy pipes.
For optimum seal life, the applied hydraulic pressure should be limited to 1500 psi,
especially when open pressure is required to be held continuously.
Accumulator units should be fitted with a pressure regulator to control the pressure
applied to a BOP.
Refer to section VII for fluid volume requirements.
The maximum hydraulic operating pressure limit is 3000 psi (207 bars) to operate
rams.
B. Disassembly Procedure

BOP DISASSEMBLY
1.) Apply 1500 psi in open port. Use a hydraulic wrench to break and unscrew
the bonnet bolts (12) on both sides of the BOP (refer to EB 919 D section II).
2.) Adjust control unit manifold pressure to 500 psi.
3.) Apply hydraulic closing pressure to the rams CLOSE connection on the BOP to
open the bonnet.
4.) Screw the lifting eye (38) into the top of the ram.
5.) Use a hoist to lift up on the ram to remove it from the operating piston rod.
6.) Remove the bonnet seal (22), or seal carrier, that is located in the seal bore of
the intermediate flange.
7.) With a spanner wrench and hammer, break loose the locking system nuts (6L,
14 or 39B).
8.) Remove the nuts, the locking screw assembly (7) or wedgelock (7).
9.) Remove the studs (5L, 13 or 38B) with small pipe wrench.
10.) Remove the protector cap system (4L, 4SL) or extension rod (2w, 17w).
11.) On the top of the intermediate flange and bonnet, remove:
• The bleeder gland (36) and bleeder plug (37);
• The 1”NPT pipe plug (17); and
• The plastic packing screw (16) and plastic packing (39).
12.) Unscrew the plastic packing check valve (15).
13.) Remove the O-ring (34) from each bonnet bolt and remove the bolts from the
bonnet.
14.) Insert the lifting eye (38) into the bonnet.
15.) Attach the hoisting cables to the lifting eye and apply tension to the cable to
hold up the bonnet.
TC1403 102
DRILLING SYSTEMS
16.) Using a crescent wrench, loosen the ram change piston (9 and 10) on the flats
provided.
17.) Once the ram change pistons are completely loose, move the assembly to the
side away from the main of the BOP.
BONNET DISASSEMBLY (ref. EB 932 D)
1.) Place each assembly bonnet on stands or pallets with intermediate flange-
side-up.
2.) Remove the ram guide pins (23) from the intermediate flange (2).
3.) Remove the cap screws (35) to disassemble the intermediate flange from the
bonnet.
4.) Separate the bonnet (3) from the intermediate flange (2).
5.) Remove the ram changes (9 and 10) from the cylinders (11), and remove
O-rings (29 and 33) and the wear rings (2R and 3R).
6.) Remove the operating piston (5) from the bonnet (3), and remove the
operating piston seal ring (26) and the operating piston wear ring (42) from
the operating piston.
7.) Remove the ram change cylinder O-rings (31 and 32) from the cylinders, and
remove the cylinders (11) from the bonnet.
8.) Remove the operating cylinder O-rings (24) from the operating cylinder,
and remove the cylinder (6) from the bonnet. These O-rings are for standard
bonnets only. Note that the large bore shear bonnets do not have a separate
operating cylinder.
9.) Pull out the remaining seals in the bonnet bore, including the wiping O-ring
(28) and the lip seal for the tail rod (27).
10.) Remove the following seals from the intermediate flange:
• Spirolox retaining ring (41)
• Lip seal retainer (40)
• Lip seal (connecting rod) (20)
• Backup ring (21)
• Energizing ring (19)
• Plastic packing ring (18)
• Operating piston rod O-ring (25)
• Wear pad (77) (only for large bore shear 11 15k,13-5/8 15k and 18-3/4
10k)
MANUAL LOCKING SYSTEM DISASSEMBLY
1.) Remove locking screw protector (2L) from housing (1L).
2.) Remove locking screw (3L) from housing (1L).
On short version, to disassemble the locking system, remove flange locking
system (37B), untighten nuts (39B), washer (40B), sleeve (5SL), and studs
(38B).
TC1403 103
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TANDEM BOOSTER DISASSEMBLY

After locking system disassembly, uninstall booster as follows:
3.) On the top of cylinder head (4B) remove the bleeder gland (23B) and bleeder
plug (24B).
4.) Remove nuts (30B), washers (31B), studs or screws (8B), and disassemble
subassembly cylinder booster from adapter plate (1B).
5.) Place the subassembly cylinder on stand with cylinder head-side-down
6.) Unscrew cap screws (7B) and remove the adapter plate (1B).
7.) Untighten tail rod (5B) and stud (17B).
8.) Unscrew nuts (35B), remove adapter plate (2B), and O-ring (34B).
9.) Remove piston (6B), leap seals (12B and 15B) and wear ring (13 B and 14B).
10.) Remove studs (36B).
11.) Disassemble cylinder operating (3B) and O-ring (11B).
12.) Pull out seal ring (10B) and O-ring (9B) from cylinder head (4B).
C. Preparation Prior to Assembly and Installation

1. Remove all dirt, grit, and oil from the ram bore, ram change piston holes (9 and 10),
bonnet stud holes (3), all fluid passageways in the body, and intermediate flange
(2). High pressure dry air may also be used. Inspect parts for burrs or sharp edges
before assembly.
2. Clean all internal surfaces of parts using clean water and detergent.
3. Lubricate all sealing surfaces and contact face.
4. Lubricate all seals/O-rings with light-weight oil or a light coating of silicone grease
prior to installation.
DO NOT use solvents or fuel oil to clean rubber goods.
Sealed elastomer containers should not be opened until

they are required for assembly to prevent contamination
and damage to the seal.
D. Assembly Procedure
BONNET ASSEMBLY
1.) Place bonnet (3) on assembly table with the piston bores vertical face
upward. Install O-ring (28) in the small diameter groove of the center bore
in the bonnet (3). Install seal ring (27) on the large diameter groove in the
center bore in the bonnet (3) with the lips of the seal ring (27) facing up,
toward the interior of the bonnet.
TC1403 104
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2.) Install O-rings (24) in the two grooves on the exterior of the operating
cylinder (6). Insert the operating cylinder (6) small diameter first into the
center bore of the bonnet (3). Gently push until each one is seated. Use a
soft-face hammer, if necessary, to seat the cylinder in the bonnet.
Large bore bonnets do not have separate operating

cylinders. O-ring (item 24) will be installed on
intermediate flange.
3.) Install O-rings (31 and 32) on the ram change cylinders (11). Insert the ram
change cylinders (11) into the bonnet (3), starting with the end opposite
the O-ring. Gently push until each one is seated. Use a soft-face hammer, if
necessary, to seat the cylinder in the bonnet.
Keep hands away from the ram change cylinders while

they are being inserted into the bonnet. The cylinder
will seat against the shoulder of the counter-bore in the
bonnet.
4.) Install the four lobes rings (33) and wear band (2R) on the ram change piston
heads (9 and 10). Insert the ram change pistons (9 and 10) head first into
the ram change cylinders (11). Carefully note position (right or left) of the
open ram change piston (9) in the bonnet. The second bonnet assembly for
the same ram bore cavity must have the open ram change piston (9) on the
opposite side.
A bonnet with the open ram change piston (9) on the

right-hand side of the bonnet assembly (when facing the
intermediate flange side) will be considered the right-
hand bonnet and the other will be the left-hand.
5.) Install the wear ring (42) and the lip seal (26) on the operating piston (5)
with the lip of the seal facing the connecting rod end. Insert the operating
piston (5) into the assembled bonnet (3) and operating cylinder (6) with the
connecting rod end of the operating piston (5) facing up.
6.) Place the intermediate flange (2) on the assembly table with the edge
containing single tapped hole in upright position and the oval groove toward
assembly man. Install four lobe rings (30) in ram change piston rod bores.
Install wear ring (76) in corresponding groove (only for 13-5/8 15K, 16-3/4’’ 5
and 10K, 18-3/4 10K, 21-1/4 5K and 26-3/4 3K). Install O-ring (25) in operating
piston rod bore. Install plastic packing ring (18) and energizing ring (19) in
operating piston rod bore.
TC1403 105
DRILLING SYSTEMS
For 10K and 15Ksi preventers only, install backup rings

(21) in operating piston rod bore. For 11-15K; 13-5/8-
15K; 18-3/4-10K BOP sizes with large bore shear bonnets,
install wear ring (77) in corresponding ring groove of
the operating piston rod bore.
7.) Install connecting rod lip seal (20) in operating piston rod bore with lips
facing away from intermediate flange. Install lip seal retainer (40) and
retaining ring (41).
Install ram change seal assembly tools on end of the ram

change pistons to prevent damage of threads and seals
(see section XII F).
8.) Using the two lifting holes on each side of intermediate flange, turn the
intermediate flange (2) over with the oval bonnet seal groove upward. With
a nylon strap or other suitable device, lift the intermediate flange (2) and
position it over the bonnet assembly. The plastic packing hole with the 1”
NPT thread in the intermediate flange (2) must be on the same side as the
1-1/8-8 UN threaded hole on the bonnet (3). Carefully lower the intermediate
flange (2) over the connecting rod end of the operating piston (5). Continue
lowering the intermediate flange over the ram change pistons (9 and 10). See
that the operating cylinder (6) and the ram change cylinders (11) have started
to enter the bores prepared for them in the intermediate flange (2).
9.) Before installing the cap screws (35), which secure the bonnet of the
intermediate flange, lubricate the threads and the bearing surface under the
head of each screw. Install cap screws (35) through the intermediate flange
(2) and tighten per recommended bolt torque of API 6A Annex D.
Torque is dependent on bolt diameter, stud material, yield strength, and

grease friction coefficient (f).
Values given are for 0.07 friction coefficient obtained with MOLYKOTE GN
plus grease. For other moly greases, consider +35% on torque value.
(See following table for details)
TC1403 106
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Torque
Stud Diameter Thread Pitch Tension
f = 0,07
in [mm] 1/in [mm] lbf [kN] ft.lbf [N•m]
0.500 [12.70] 13 [1.954] 7450 [33] 35 [48]
0.625 [15.88] 11 [2.309] 11865 [52] 68 [92]
0.750 [19.05] 10 [2.540] 17559 [78] 118 [160]
Stud Material with 105 ksi Yield Strength

0.875 [22.23] 9 [2.822] 24241 [107] 188 [253]
1.000 [25.40] 8 [3.175] 31802 [141] 279 [376]
1.125 [28.58] 8 [3.175] 41499 [184] 401 [540]
1.250 [31.75] 8 [3.175] 52484 [232] 553 [745]
1.375 [34.93] 8 [3.175] 64759 [286] 739 [996]
1.500 [38.10] 8 [3.175] 78322 [346] 962 [1297]
1.625 [41.28] 8 [3.175] 93173 [412] 1226 [1653]
1.750 [44.45] 8 [3.175] 109313 [484] 1534 [2069]
1.875 [47.63] 8 [3.175] 126741 [561] 1890 [2549]
2.000 [50.80] 8 [3.175] 145458 [644] 2297 [3097]
2.250 [57.15] 8 [3.175] 186758 [826] 3276 [4418]
2.500 [63.50] 8 [3.175] 233212 [1032] 4500 [6068]
2.625 [66.68] 8 [3.175] 233765 [1040] 4716 [6394]
Stud Material with 95 ksi

2.750 [69.85] 8 [3.175] 257694 [1146] 5424 [7354]
Yield Strength
3.000 [76.20] 8 [3.175] 309050 [1375] 7047 [9555]
3.250 [82.55] 8 [3.175] 365070 [1624] 8965 [12154]
3.750 [95.25] 8 [3.175] 491099 [2185] 13782 [18685]
3.875 [98.43] 8 [3.175] 525521 [2338] 15208 [20620]
4.000 [101.60] 8 [3.175] 561108 [2496] 16730 [22683]
Table 74: Torque Values for Studs
10.) Install O-ring (29) and wear ring (3R) over the ram change piston (9 and 10).
11.) Install the lifting eye (38) in the 1-1/8 8UN tapped hole on the top side of the
bonnet. With the assistance of a crane, gently lift and turn the bonnet (3)
with its assembled arts onto its side.
The bonnet can be built in horizontal position. Follow

same sequence from step 1 through 11.
12.) Insert plastic packing check valve (15) all the way into the tapped hole in the
top of the intermediate flange (2).
13.) Install packing (39) above the check valve (15) per section IX.E.
14.) Install and screw plastic packing screw (16) down to contact with packing (39).
Do not screw the plastic packing screw deeper so as not to puncture into groove.
15.) Install pipe plug (17) using thread sealant to close the hole.
16.) Install bleeder plug (37) and bleeder gland (36) in the bonnet.
TC1403 107
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Do not tighten the bleeder plug (37) and bleeder gland

(36) at this time. It will be done after bonnet installation
on body (see Section XIV.E2).
Bonnet can be pressure-tested at this time. Use protector

caps on open and close ram changes to limit the strokes.
TANDEM BOOSTER ASSEMBLY

1.) Install lip seal (10B) and O-ring (9B) into bore of cylinder head (4B). Apply seal
lubricant to seal.
2.) Install O-ring (11B) into cylinder (3B). Apply seal lubricant to seal.
3.) Install studs (36B) on cylinder head (4B) and torque to 100-200 ft-lb.
4.) Install cylinder (3B) onto cylinder head (4B).
5.) Install seal ring (15B) and wear ring (14B) onto OD of piston (6B).
6.) Install seal ring (12B) and wear ring (13B) into ID of piston (6B).
7.) Apply seal lubricant on seals and wear rings and insert piston (6B) onto tail
rod (5B) and into cylinder (3B). Install stud (17B) on tail rod (5B).
8.) Install adapter spacer (2B) onto cylinder (3B). Align eyes with studs (36B).
9.) Install nuts (35B) and torque to 100-200 ft-Ib.
10.) Install socket head cap screws (7B) on adapter (1B).
11.) Return the cylinder assembly booster. Coat face with light oil and install onto
adapter (1B) (see SK for orientation).
12.) Coat threads of the studs or screws (8B) with thread lubricant. Install ‘short
thread’ ends of studs into adapter (1B).
13.) Install studs or screws (8B) and torque to the value indicated per
recommended bolt torque of API 6A Annex D (see Table 76).
MANUAL LOCKING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
1.) Clean the lock screw housing (1L) and the lock screw (3L).
2.) Grease threads.
3.) Thread the lock screws into the housing, square-end first, until the head of
the screw bottoms in the inside of the housing.
4.) Install housing protector (2L) in the housing. Keep tail rod protector (4L) for
later assembly.
E. Installation Procedure
BONNET INSTALLATION (Ref. EB 932D)

1.) Assemble all bonnets as defined in section D.
TC1403 108
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2.) Install the ram guide pins (23) into the intermediate flange. Tighten each pin
using a small pipe wrench.
Size/Pressure Dim Across Flats Torque Torque

(in/psi) (in) (ft.lb) (N•m)
7-1/16 3000 to 15,000 .562 100 136
11 3000 to 10,000 .750 250 340
11 15,000 &
.750 250 340
13-5/8 3000/10,000
13-5/8 15,000 .562 150 204
16-3/4 3000/10,000 .875 350 476
18-3/4 10,000 &
1.250 400 544
21-1/4 5000/10,000
20-3/4 3000 &
1.250 400 544
21-1/4 2000
26-3/4 3000 1.250 400 544
Table 75: Ram Guide Pin Torques
3.) Insert bonnet bolts (12) through bonnet (3) and intermediate flange (2) and
slip O-ring (34) over bonnet bolt threads onto undercut.
4.) Connect hydraulic circuit to open and close ram change piston (1/2’’ NPT
thread) and slowly apply 500 psi hydraulic pressure on close side to extend
the ram change pistons.
5.) When pistons are fully extended, remove pressure and disconnect hoses from
pistons.
6.) With a soft mallet, slightly hit both ram change piston ends to reenter them
by 1/2” in the bonnet. This will prevent the piston head from rubbing against
the bonnet.
7.) Grease each piston thread.
8.) Level and lift bonnet subassembly using operating piston (in retracted
position) and bonnet cap ram changes (per section XIV.A6).
9.) Gently engage ram change piston ends in the body preparations.
10.) Centralize the bonnet.
11.) Continue to engage until piston bottoms against body.
12.) Screw ram change piston simultaneously (or half turn by half turn on each
piston) using wrench on flats until it is fully engaged.
BONNET CLOSING (Ref. EB 919D, EB 560D and EB 851D)
All hydraulic lines should be connected to the open and

close ports on the sides of the preventer body.
1.) Remove bleeder plugs (36 and 37) from the top of the bonnets, apply 300-500
psi (20-30 bars) to OPEN and CLOSE ports alternately to expel air from the
TC1403 109
DRILLING SYSTEMS
operating system.
2.) After all air is bled from the system, tighten the bleed plugs (36 and 37).
3.) Lubricate seal areas for the bonnet seal in both BOP body (1) and
intermediate flange (2).
4.) Lubricate the seal (22) with grease to stick seal into the groove and install it
in intermediate flange (2).
5.) Once the bonnet seals are securely installed in their grooves, slowly close the
bonnet assembly with 300 to 500 psi (20-30 bars) operating pressure applied
to OPEN port.
Keep hands out of the way during this operation.
6.) Observe movements to be certain operation is smooth and without

interference, and check that seals stay in place and bonnets are fully closed.
7.) Increase pressure to 1500 psi. While maintaining 1500 psi open pressure,
tighten all bonnet bolts per Section VIII-B (for seal carrier configuration, see
section EB 851D).
TANDEM BOOSTER INSTALLATION

1.) If previously assembled, remove the lockscrew assembly and tail rod
protector.
2.) Remove studs or screws (8B) and disassemble adapter plate (1B) from
assembly cylinder booster.
3.) Coat face with light oil and install the adapter (1B) using socket head cap
screws (7B) on the bonnet and apply torque per Table 74.
4.) Remove tail rod from tandem booster cartridge. Screw tandem booster tail
rod (5B) into operating piston tail rod. Torque to 100-200 ft-Ib (150-300 N•m).
Ensure correct contact face of the rods.
5.) Coat adapter and tail rod face with light oil.
6.) Install tandem booster cartridge into adapter (1B).
7.) Install studs or screws (8B) and apply torque per Table 74.
8.) Spray anticorrosive oil directly inside open chamber.
9.) Install muffler filter (50B) into adapter spacer (2B).
10.) Plumb assembly per Section V.
MANUAL LOCKING SYSTEM INSTALLATION

1.) Prior to installing locking screw assembly, install protector cap onto tail rod of
operating piston.
2.) Clean tail rod female thread and apply thread locker to it.
1.) Slightly grease the ID of the cap (do not grease threads) with anti-corrosion
grease.
TC1403 110
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2.) Install cap on tail rod. Apply 50 to 100 ft.lb (70 to 150 N•m) torque.
3.) Install the double ended locking screw studs (5L) into the bonnet (the short
threaded ends screw into the bonnet). These studs can be tightened with a
small pipe wrench used close to the bonnet.
4.) Use a lifting sling to position the lock screw assembly in line with the tail rod
of the operating piston.
5.) Slide the assembly into the mounting studs (5L).
6.) Secure with nuts (6L) torqued to the value as specified per Table 74.
F. Ram Assembly
TOP SEAL
All sealing rams for Cameron U BOPs utilize the same

basic design for the ram top seal .The mounting pins
of the top seal pass through slots machined in the
mounting pins of the packer, positively locking the
packer into the ram body, as shown in figure below.
Figure 77: Ram Assembly – Top Seal
TC1403 111
DRILLING SYSTEMS
For All Types of Rams
1.) After packer assembly, clean the top seal groove.

2.) Lubricate the top seal (including the mounting pins) and the top seal groove,
using a very light coat of grease.
3.) Push the top seal into the seal groove. When the top seal is seated, the
bottom of the top seal will be in contact with the bottom of the seal groove.
A soft-face hammer may be used, if necessary, when seating the top seal.
Do not pack grease into the seal groove or into the relief
holes on the underside of the ram top seal. The relief
holes must remain empty to accommodate rubber flow.
PIPE, BLIND, VARIABLE BORE OR FLEX RAMS

1.) Clean the top seal groove, packer recess, and the holes in the ram body.
2.) Lubricate the packer (including the mounting pins), as well as all surfaces and
cavities of the ram using a light coat of grease.
3.) Push the packer into the packer recess in the face of the ram. Note that the
packer mounting pins are vertically offset from the centerline of the packer.
If a lubricated packer does not slide in easily by hand,

make sure it is not being inserted upside down. Pins
in front packer are not on centerline. Align with holes
in ram before pressing in. Check that top of packer is
toward top of ram.
When the packer is seated, the rear of the packer will be

in contact with the back of the packer recess, the face of
the packer will protrude from the face of the ram, and
the sides of the packer will be flush or slightly above
flush with the sides of the ram body. A soft-face hammer
may be used, if necessary, when seating the packer.
4.) Install the ram top seal in each ram per section F1.
SHEAR BLIND RAMS

A pair of shear blind rams consists of an upper ram and a lower ram. The
designation UPPER or LOWER depends on the position of the blade with respect to
the blade of the mating ram.
TC1403 112
DRILLING SYSTEMS
There are different designs in U BOP for shear blind rams:

• SBRs for 7 - 1/16” U BOP (SBR Type II)
• SBRs for the 20 - 3/4” 3000 psi U BOP and 21 – 1/4” 2000 psi U BOP (SBR
Type III)
• SBRs for all other U BOP (SBR Type I)
• SBR H2S
• DS
• DSI
• ISR
• DVS
Blade and side packer details differ between the different designs, but the top seal
design is the same for all shear blind rams.
SBRs for all 7- 1/16” U BOP: Type II
1.) Clean both ram bodies, paying particular attention to the packer recesses.
2.) Lubricate the side packers, blade packer (including the mounting pins), and
all surfaces and cavities of the ram using a light coat of grease.
3.) Install the left side packer (3) and the right side packer (4) in the upper ram.
The right and left side packers are NOT interchangeable. Note that the packer
mounting pins are vertically offset from the centerline of the packer.

make sure it is not being inserted upside down.

in contact with the back of the packer recess. A soft-face
hammer may be used, if necessary, when seating the
packer.
4.) Install the blade packer (2) in the lower ram. Push the packer into the
packer recess in the face of the ram. Note that the packer mounting pins are
vertically offset from the centerline of the packer.
5.) Install a ram top seal (5) in each ram body per Section F1.
TC1403 113
DRILLING SYSTEMS
SBRs for the 20 - 3/4” 3000 psi U BOP and 21 – 1/4” 2000 psi U BOP: Type III
1.) Clean both ram bodies, paying particular attention to the packer recesses.
3.) Install the left side packer (3) and right side packer (4) in the lower ram. The
right and left side packers are NOT interchangeable. Note that the packer


packer.
4.) Install the blade packer (2) in the upper ram. Push the packer into the
packer recess in the face of the ram. Note that the packer mounting pins are
vertically offset from the centerline of the packer.
5.) Install a ram top seal (5) in each ram body per Section F.1.
SBRs for all other U BOP Type I, H2S SBR and DVS Rams
1.) Clean both ram bodies, paying particular attention to the packer recesses and
the blade packer slot.
3.) From the side of the upper ram, push the blade packer (2) into its slot.
Because of its shape, the packer cannot be installed upside down. A soft-face
hammer may be used to tap the packer into place.
4.) Install the left side packers (3) and the right side packers (4) in each ram. The

TC1403 114
DRILLING SYSTEMS

packer.
5.) Install a ram top seal (5) in each ram body per Section F.1.
For H2S rams, Install blade inserts (6 and 8) of lower and

upper shear ram. Push the inserts into the insert recess
at the end of each blade. Install two pins (7) on lower
ram to fix the insert. Tighten the two screws (9) to fix
the insert on upper ram.
DS, DSI and ISR RAMS
1.) Clean both ram bodies, paying particular attention to the blade seal recesses.
2.) Lubricate the side packers, blade seals, and all surfaces and cavities of the ram
using a light coat of grease.
3.) Install the blade seals (6 and 7) in the upper ram. Push the blade seals into the
blade seal recess under the upper blade of the ram.
When the blade seal is seated, the rear of the blade seal
will be in contact with the back of the blade seal recess,
and the face of the blade seal will be flush or slightly
above flush with the sides of the ram body. A soft-face
packer.
4.) Install the left side packers (3) and the right side packers (4) in each ram. The

TC1403 115
DRILLING SYSTEMS

packer.
5.) Install the ram top seal (5) in each ram body per Section F.1.
G. Ram Installation (Ref. EB 919D, EB 560D and EB 851D)
1. With bonnet installed on the BOP body, apply CLOSE pressure 300-500 psi to open
bonnets (3) and extend operating rod (5) toward body (1).
2. Clean and inspect connecting rod and ram change piston shafts. Apply light oil.
3. Install cover ram changes on ram change pistons (9 and 10).
4. Apply pressure to the OPEN port (300-500 psi) to open rams; bonnet remains open
thanks to cover ram changes.
5. Clean, inspect and polish any burr or dent in the ram cavity.
6. Grease cavity and ram.
7. Engage the U shaped slotted hole of the bottom of each ram (4) onto the end of
each connecting rod (5).
8. Apply pressure on the close port (300-500 psi).
9. Remove cover ram changes from ram change pistons.
10. Inspect bonnet seal and change if necessary.
11. Clean, inspect and chase any dent or imperfection on bolt holes and bonnet bolts.
12. Grease bonnet bolts and bolt holes.
13. Apply open pressure slowly and observe movements of rams (4) to be certain
operation is smooth and without interference, then close bonnets.
14. While maintaining 1500 psi open pressure, tighten all bonnet bolts per section
VIII-B.
H. Operating and BOP Installation Procedure
PREPARATION
Prior to the installation of the preventer, ensure that the following requirements
are met:
1.) The capacity and pressure rating of accumulators and pressure pumps must
comply with API STD 53 recommendations or appropriate regulatory agency
requirements.
2.) Ensure the ring gaskets are correct for the preventer flange, hub size, and
pressure rating.
BOP INSTALLATION
1.) Install preventer ensuring it is right-side-up (outlets are below the center of
preventer).
2.) Inspect preventer, ram subassemblies and all rubber parts during installation.
TC1403 116
DRILLING SYSTEMS
3.) Remove the external mechanical protectors.

4.) Lift the BOP with appropriate slings.
5.) Install the BOP on a test stump/fixture.
6.) Drain the fluid from the operating system.
7.) Remove the 1“ ball valves or pipe plugs from inlet and outlet connections.
8.) Connect the hydraulic control lines and flush operating system with clean
fluid.
9.) Test for leaks in the operating system (refer to Section XIV-J TESTING).
10.) Install the rams in accordance with assembly procedure described in Section
XIV-G RAM INSTALLATION.
11.) While installing rams, inspect the ram bore and bonnet.
• Inspect the vertical bore for key seating.
• Inspect intersection between vertical bore and ram bore. Grind out any
raised metal surfaces. Do not remove any metal below original surface.
For acceptance criteria, refer to EB 905D.
I. Maintenance Procedure
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
1.) If more than 500 psi (35 bars) hydraulic pressure is required to operate the
ram subassemblies when there is no pressure in the well bore, determine the
cause and correct any irregularities.
To avoid damage to the packers, close pipe and VBRS

only when pipe is in preventer.
2.) Pressure test and operate the preventer once a week per API S53 Periodic
Field Testing, or appropriate regulatory agency requirement.
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE (REF. EB 902D)
1.) At 30 months or 800 operating cycles, whichever comes first, completely
disassemble preventer for periodic inspection (refer to EB 902D).
• Clean all parts. Do not use a wire brush on sealing areas.
• Once a year, replace all rubber seals, gaskets and O-rings.
• Replace ram packing according to its physical condition.
• Repair or replace damaged metal parts.
TC1403 117
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Replacement parts should be obtained from Cameron

(or authorized agent) and repairs should be performed
by Cameron or Cameron authorized repair center, or
under Cameron supervision. The annual inspection does
not apply to rams, ram packers, and bonnet seals. These
parts should be inspected more often, for example, at
each ram or packer change, or between wells.
2.) In some cases, BOPs should be overhauled more often than once a year in
cases when the BOP has been used in a severe operating environment or
has been subject to misuse, or when the operating history of the unit is not
known. Some examples are:
• Prolonged or repeated use at high or low temperatures;
• When operating system pressure is in excess of 3300 psi;
• When used with chemically aggressive well fluids;
• If stored without proper preparation; or
• If exposed to very high flow rates, such as in a blowout.
It is not possible to prepare an exhaustive list of severe conditions. If there
is doubt as to whether a particular condition has been severe enough to
justify an overhaul, then a Cameron representative should be consulted, or
the overhaul should be performed as a precaution.
3.) The BOP should be returned to a Cameron facility for thorough examination
and testing if it has been exposed to any of the following conditions:
• fire
• temperatures above 600° F
• pressure higher than rated working pressure
The recommendation for an annual overhaul does not

apply to BOPs in storage if they have been prepared and
stored properly.
4.) Reassemble the preventer.

5.) After reassembling the preventer, test the rams and operating system per
Section XIV-J.
Hydrostatic proof testing, which is only required when

pressure containing components have been welded or
heat treated, should only be performed in a Cameron or
other properly equipped test facility. Failure to heed this
warning may result in death, injury or property damage.
TC1403 118
DRILLING SYSTEMS
J. Testing
A chart recorder or data acquisition system should be used on all pressure tests. The
permanent record generated should identify the recording device and be dated and
signed.
API Std 53 Definition for “Stabilized”:
A state in which the pressure change rate has decreased to within acceptable limits before
beginning the hold period during a pressure test.
Pressure changes can be caused by such things as

variations in temperature, setting of elastomer seals, or
compression of air or fluids, etc.
The following table gives allowable pressure decline rate during the test (0.2% of
pressure or 2 psi/mn for low pressure test ≤ 1000 PSI):
Allowed Pressure Decline

Pressure (psi)
Rate psi Per Minutes
1000 and below 2
1500 3
3000 6
4500 9
5000 10
10,000 20
15,000 30
22,500 45
Table 76: Allowed Pressure Decline Rate PSI per Minutes
1. Hydraulic Operating System

a. Flush the hydraulic operating system with clean operating fluid (see EB 928D
and SK-196667).
b. Test for proper stroking of the rams and operating system (Ref. EB 798D).
1.) Apply a maximum of 300 psi (20,7 bars) hydraulic pressure to the Open port.
2.) Ensure that the rams open.
3.) Reduce hydraulic pressure to zero psi.
4.) Apply a maximum of 300 psi (20.7 bars) hydraulic pressure the CLOSE port.
5.) Ensure that the rams close.
6.) Reduce hydraulic pressure to zero psi.
c. Test for leaks in the operating system (Ref. EB 463D).
1.) Remove the hydraulic line from the OPEN port.
TC1403 119
DRILLING SYSTEMS
If testing pipe, casing, flex packers, or VBRs, be sure

that an appropriate size test mandrel is installed into
the preventer. DO NOT close the rams on an open hole
unless closing pressure is less than 300 psi (20.7 bars).
Flex packers and VBRs should be tested with the largest
and smallest pipe size for that packer or use in well
program.
Prior to testing, the secondary rod seal (emergency pack

of assembly) should be checked to ensure the seal has
not been energized. Should the connecting rod seal lead
during the test, the seal should be repaired rather than
energizing the secondary packing.
2.) Apply 300 psi (20.7 bars) hydraulic pressure to the CLOSE port, hold pressure
for five minutes, and observe the OPEN port for leaks.
3.) Increase the pressure to 3000 psi (207 bars), hold pressure for five minutes,
and observe the OPEN port for leaks.
4.) Inspect for leaks between the intermediate flange, the bonnet, and the BOP
body. No visible leakage is allowed. Bleed all pressure from the BOP closing
line.
5.) Reconnect the hydraulic line to the OPEN port.
6.) Remove the hydraulic line from the CLOSE port.
7.) Apply 300 psi (20.7 bars) hydraulic pressure to the OPEN port, hold pressure
for five minutes, and observe the CLOSE port for leaks.
and observe the CLOSE port for leaks.
9.) Inspect for leaks between the intermediate flange, body and bonnet. No
visible leakage is allowed.
10.) Reconnect the hydraulic line to the CLOSE port.
11.) Repeat the procedure for each preventer cavity.
Under no circumstances should the operating pressure

exceed the pressure rating specified on the product
nameplate located on each bonnet.
2. Ram Test
Perform after installation and as required by API Std 53 or appropriate regulatory
TC1403 120
DRILLING SYSTEMS
agency.
A break-in test may need to be performed before

sealing test with ram. This test is described in EB-944D.
a. Hydraulically test ram packers with water using the following procedure:
1.) Install the BOP Stack on a prepared test stump, or install a test plug below
the BOP if on the wellhead.
2.) Inspect for ram packer leaks at low pressure by closing rams on an
appropriate size test mandrel (none if blinds or shears are used) with 1500 psi
(103 bars) operating pressure, and apply 200 psi (13.8 bars) pressure under
the rams. Hold pressure for five minutes. Maximum pressure drop is 10 psi (1
bar) in five minutes.
3.) Increase pressure slowly to the rated working pressure of the preventer. Hold
pressure for five minutes. Maximum pressure drop is 100 psi (7 bars) in five
minutes.
4.) If rams leak at low or working pressure, inspect for worn ram packers and
replace if necessary.
5.) Repeat the above procedure for each set of casing, pipe and shear rams.
3. Drift Tests
At minimum, the BOP must be drift tested with the appropriate rams installed and
in the open position. It must drift within 30 minutes without being forced.
The drift must conform to drift diameter requirements (per 5.1 Paragraph API 16A
3e Ed.).
Size and Working Pressure API Drift

7-1/16 3000, 5000, 10,000 & 15,000 psi 7.032” [178.61mm]
11 3000, 5000, 10,000 & 15,000 psi 10.970” [278.64mm]
13-5/8 3000, 5000, 10,000 & 15,000 psi 13.595” [345.31mm]
16-3/4 3000, 5000 & 10,000 psi 16.720” [424.69mm]
18-3/4 10,000 psi 18,720” [475.49mm]
20-3/4 3000 psi 20.720” [526.29mm]
21-1/4 2000, 5000 & 10,000 psi 21.220” [538.99mm]
26-3/4 10,000 psi 26.720” [678.69mm]
Table 77: API Drift

API Std 53:
Drifting the BOP should be performed upon completion of the initial BOP test on
the wellhead assembly. This may be achieved using the test plug, wear bushing
tools, or other large bore tools. Subsequent drifting should be determined by the
equipment owner’s PM program or well specific operations.
The minimum drift size for the BOP system in use should be determined by the
equipment owner and user’s requirement for the well(s) the equipment is installed on.
TC1403 121
DRILLING SYSTEMS
K. Hydraulic Lock Option
HYDRAULIC LOCKING SYSTEM (WEDGELOCK) DISASSEMBLY

1.) Remove nuts (6w) to disassemble lock and unlock caps (3w and 4w) from the
housing (5w).
2.) Remove lock cap (4w) or sequencing valve assembly. Unscrew the lock piston
(14w) from the cap. Remove O-rings (9w, 12w and 10w).
3.) Remove unlock cap (3w) and O-ring (8w).
4.) Take out the wedge (13w) and remove O-ring (8w).
5.) Pull out the O-ring (11w) from the housing (5w).
Option: Sequencing Valve

1.) Remove cap screw (9S) to separate the head (1S) from body (2S).
2.) Remove O-ring (11S) from the body (2S) and take out the valve poppet (3S),
spring (5S), seat (4S), and O-ring (7S).
3.) Remove O-ring (6S) from head (1S).
HYDRAULIC LOCKING SYSTEM (WEDGELOCK) ASSEMBLY

1.) Clean all major components (except rubber goods) using solvents, degreasers,
or steam. Use compressed air to clean bores, seal recesses, and fluid passage
ways.
DO NOT use solvents or fuel oil to clean rubber goods.
2.) Apply a thin coat of oil to all machined surfaces.
Lubricate seals or O-rings with light-weight or light

coating of silicone grease prior to installation.
3.) Install an O-ring (9W) into the groove on the lock head (4W).
4.) Install an O-ring (12W) into the threaded end of the lock piston (14W).
5.) Screw the lock piston into the lock head and tighten using a strap wrench. Do
not use pliers or a pipe wrench on the OD of the piston. Excessive tightness is
not required. Some extrusion or cutting of the O-ring (12w) will likely occur
but will not cause harm.
6.) Install an O-ring (10W) into the groove in the head of the lock piston (14W).
7.) Liberally apply grease on the head of the lock piston in order to provide
protection against corrosion.
8.) Install an O-ring (8W) into the groove in the free end of the wedge piston
(13W).
TC1403 122
DRILLING SYSTEMS
9.) The bore through the wedgelock housing (5W) is chromed for half its length,
and is of a larger diameter with a rough finish for the rest of its length. Slide
the wedge piston (end without O-ring first) into the chromed bore of the
housing.
• If the wedge piston is inserted head first into the rough bore end of the
housing, the O-ring on the head of the piston will be cut as the piston
head passes the tail rod bore in the center of the housing.
• Orient the wedge piston (13w) so that the flat, tapered surface will face
the tail rod of the operating piston when the unit is installed on the BOP.
Make certain the O-ring on the head of the wedge piston is not pinched
or cut as it enters the chromed bore of the housing.
10.) Install studs (15W) into both ends of the wedgelock housing (5W).
11.) Insert the lock head with the attached lock piston into the wedgelock
housing. Insert the head of the lock into the wedge piston, and then rotate
the lock head until it can be pushed into place on the studs (15W) on the end
of the wedgelock housing. The off-center position of the lock piston will not
allow the lock head to be improperly oriented if the wedge piston is correctly
oriented in the wedgelock housing.
12.) Secure the lock head to the wedgelock housing with item 6W. Torque the
nuts to the value specified in API 6A Table D2 for that thread size.
13.) Install an O-ring (8W) into the groove on the unlock head (3W).
14.) Position the unlock head on the end of the wedgelock housing over studs
(15W). The head should be oriented so that the unlock ports will be vertical.
15.) Secure the unlock head to the wedgelock housing with four nuts (6W).
Torque the nuts to the valve specified per API 6A Table D2 for that thread
size.
Install an O-ring (7W) and check valve (1W) on cap

housing.
a. Wedgelock
1.) Prior to installing wedgelock assembly, install tail rod extension (2W) and
stud (17W) onto tail rod of operating piston.
2.) Install appropriate studs (13W) at the back of the bonnet (3).
3.) Position the wedgelock housing in line with the tail rod extension (2W) on
the operating piston.
4.) Install an O-ring (11W) into the groove in the mounting flange of the
wedgelock housing. A heavy coat of grease will help hold the seal in place
while the housing is being maneuvered into place on the BOP.
5.) Slide the wedgelock housing on the tail rod extension of the operating
piston. The pin on the side of the tail rod extension fits into the keyway cut in
the bore of the wedgelock housing.
TC1403 123
DRILLING SYSTEMS
6.) Continue to slide the wedgelock housing along the tail rod extension until
the mounting studs (13W) enter the flange and the housing is in contact with
the bonnet. Make certain the O-ring installed in step 4 remains in place in its
groove as the wedgelock housing makes contact.
7.) Secure the wedgelock housing on the BOP body with eight nuts (14w).
Tighten the nuts evenly in a cross pattern before applying torque to any of
them. Torque the nuts per Table 74.
b. Optional Sequencing Valve
1.) Install O-ring (11S) on the body (2S).
2.) Install O-ring (7S) on the seat (4S) and insert them in the body (2S).
3.) Put O-ring (8S) on the poppet (3S) and insert the poppet though the seat in
the body.
4.) Install O-ring (6S) into the groove of the head (1S) and assemble the head
with the four cap screws (9S). Torque per API 6A Table D2.
FUNCTIONAL TESTING
Test the hydraulic locking system with clean operating fluid (see EB 928D).
a. Flush the hydraulic locking system with clean operating fluid (see EB 928D).
b. Test for leaks in the locking system:
1.) Apply 300 psi (20.7 bars) hydraulic pressure to the unlock port, hold pressure
for five minutes, and observe port for leaks.
and observe port for leaks.
3.) Inspect for leaks between the unlock head cap and the wedgelock housing.
Bleed all pressure from the BOP unlock line.
4.) No visible leakage is allowed.
5.) Apply 300 psi (20.7 bars) hydraulic pressure to the lock port, hold pressure for
five minutes, and observe the balance chamber port for leaks.
and observe the balance chamber port for leaks.
7.) No visible leakage is allowed.
8.) Bleed all pressure from the BOP lock line.
9.) Repeat the procedure for each cavity.
L. Preservation
SCOPE
Minor changes in scope and procedure, such as use of

equivalent product for recommended oil or grease, may
be made on site at the discretion of the owner and/or
plant.
TC1403 124
DRILLING SYSTEMS
PREPARATION
1.) Clean the inside and outside machined surfaces of the equipment.
2.) Dry with an air blaster until no moisture is left inside or outside the
equipment.
3.) Inspect the ram bores and the vertical bores for burrs.
4.) Remove burrs by touching the surface lightly with a grinder using 36 to 60
grit papers.
5.) Lubricate ram cavity and bore.
6.) Lubricate the top/bottom and outlet API connection faces with heavy grease
and cover them with appropriated API protectors.
7.) For hydraulic system, see Section XIV-A.
LUBRICANTS AND HYDRAULIC FLUIDS

Refer to section XIV-A.
PLASTIC PLUG PROTECTORS
Plastic Plug
NPT Connection
Plastic Plug
SAE Connection
Figure 78: Open/Close Plastic Plug Protectors Figure 79: Plastic APi Connection Protector
Any hydraulic connection not connected must be

protected with a plastic plug (NPT connections).
The color of the plastic plug should be different from

the component paint.
Use adequate plastic or wood flange protector on all studded/flange or hub API
connections.
TC1403 125
DRILLING SYSTEMS
RECOMMENDATION FOR RAM BOP WITH MANUAL LOCKING SYSTEM
Figure 80: Recommendation for Ram BOP with Manual Locking System
TC1403 126
DRILLING SYSTEMS
RECOMMENDATION FOR RAM BOP WITH HYDRAULIC LOCKING SYSTEM
Figure 81: Recommendation for Ram BOP with Hydraulic Locking System
TC1403 127
DRILLING SYSTEMS
RECOMMENDATION FOR SPARE BONNET
Figure 82: Recommendation for Spare Bonnet
RECOMMENDATION FOR RAMS
Figure 83: Recommendation for Rams
TC1403 128
DRILLING SYSTEMS
M. Storage
PREVENTER
• Condition of Storage:
Medium term: BOP is not to be put into service for a period less than three
months.
Long term: BOP is not to be put into service for a period of three months or
longer.
• Periodic Testing of Preservation Fluid (long-term only):

Preservation fluid should be tested at 3- to 6-month intervals. Fluid may be
changed every 12 months if necessary.
• Planned Maintenance:
At 3- to 6-month intervals, the BOP bonnets should be opened and the cavity
visually inspected (in case of long-term storage).
1. Open the bonnets and remove the ram subassemblies.

2. Remove the top seals and packers, then wash the ram subassemblies.
3. Lubricate the ram bodies with heavy grease.
DO NOT lubricate the top seals or packers.
4. Do not store the ram subassemblies inside the preventer.
Rubber products that have been put into service and

are subsequently stored will have an unpredictable
shelf-life. This is attributable to their varied physical
condition when returned to storage, due to the inability
to completely remove elastomeric solvents (hydrocarbon
contaminates, etc.) and storage in a container filled with
air (chemically active gases).
5. Clean the inside and outside machined surfaces of the preventer.

6. Dry with an air blaster until no moisture is left inside or outside the preventer.
7. Inspect the ram bores and the vertical bores for burrs.
8. Remove burrs by touching the surface lightly with a grinder using 36 to 60 grit
papers.
9. Lubricate the ram bore with heavy grease.
10. Lubricate the end and outlet connection faces with heavy grease and cover them
with flange protectors.
11. Flush the operating system using clean operating fluid.
TC1403 129
DRILLING SYSTEMS
For Medium-Term Storage

12. Hydraulic chambers should be partially filled with a corrosion protection fluid
containing a vapor phase inhibitor.
13. The operating piston should be moved in open position.
14. Install the 1” NPT pipe plugs into the OPEN and CLOSE connections. Tag the
assembly with a brass tag and mark date and storage fluid used.
For Long-Term Storage

1. Install 1“ NPT ball valves to the open and close ports.
2. Flush the operating system using clean operating fluid.
3. Fill the operating system with preservation fluid containing a vapor phase inhibitor.
4. The operating piston should be moved in open position.
5. Close the ball valves and disconnect the hydraulic hoses. Tag the assembly with a
brass tag and mark date and storage fluid used.
ELASTOMERS
1. Store rubber products inside a cool, dark, dry storage area.
a. The preferred storage temperature range for rubber goods is from 40° F to 80°F
(4.4° C to 26.7° C).
lighting). Do not store in direct sunlight, even if wrapped, as overheating will
result.
seals. Labels should not be attached to seals with string, wire or tape as these
storage area that may generate ozone, such as mercury vapor lamps, high-voltage
electrical equipment, electric motors, or any electrical apparatus that produces
arcing.
4. Keep rubber products clean and free of solvents, oil, greases, or any other semi-
solid or liquid materials during storage. Rubber goods should specifically be
protected against direct contact with:
• manganese
• copper
• copper alloys (including brass)
• polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
• creosote-impregnated timber
• sulphur
• copper napthenate
• other rubber goods of different rubber compounds
TC1403 130
DRILLING SYSTEMS
5. When necessary, rubber goods may be cleaned with soap and water or methyl
alcohol. After cleaning, the rubber goods should be dried at room temperature.
Rubber goods taken from storage must ALWAYS be

be flexed at temperatures below 40° F (4.4° C). Rubber
ensure that they are still serviceable.
a. Ensure that the part does not have a tacky surface or noticeable softening
or hardening of the surface.
b. Flex the part and inspect with a magnifying glass to ensure that there
are no cracks.
c. Replace items that show any aging signs mentioned above.
TC1403 131
DRILLING SYSTEMS
XV. ENGINEERING BULLETIN REFERENCES
• Utilization
U BOP installation: EB 198D
Correct installation lip seal bearing: EB 539D
Ram change procedure: EB 197D
Cold weather operation: EB 202D
High temp BOP elastomer: EB 833D
Stripping/snubbing procedure: EB 641D
Subsea suitability of ram type BOP: EB 894D
• Shear Cavity
LBS bonnets: EB 571D
Cartbridge tandem booster: EB 685D
Shearing limitation: EB 691D
Shearing capacities: EB 702D
• Bonnet Seal
Proper installation bonnet seal: EB 528D
11/13 - 15K bonnet seal: EB 545D
13-10K seal carrier: EB 697D
• Bonnet Bolt
Bonnet bolt makes up guideline: EB 919D
Torque bonnet seal: EB 560D
Torque seal carrier: EB 851D
• Locking System
Manual locking system: EB 946D
Hydraulic mechanical locking: EB 896D
• Maintenance
Overhaul of U BOP: EB 201D
Preventive maintenance: EB 886D
Field testing for acceptance: EB 463D
Recommended periodic inspection: EB 902D
Ram BOP in service acceptance criteria: EB 905D
Mix water and mixed fluid properties: EB 928D + SK-196667-01 and -02
Operating data for ram BOP Cameron: EB 798D
Hydraulic control system: EB 196D
TC1403 132
DRILLING SYSTEMS
• All Rams
Recommendations for ‘clipped’ top seals and blade seals in Cameron BOP rams: EB
917D
Break-in procedure for Cameron ram packers prior to lock function test: EB-944D
• Pipe Rams
Hangoff rams U and UII BOP: EB 636D
• Flex/VBR Rams
Flex 2-3/8 to 3-1/2 sealing range (11- 3/10K and 13-3/10K): EB 710D
Flex 2-7/8 to 5 (18-10K): EB 692D
Flex 5 to 7 (20 – 3K and 21 – 2K): EB 703D
VBR engineering data: EB 555D
VBR low temperature testing: EB 793D
Sealing and hangoff: EB 859D
Break-in procedure: EB 944D
• Shear Rams
Shear rams product line: EB 852D
Operation care maintenance: EB 538D
H2S SBR: EB 648D
DS Operation care maintenance: EB 700D
Operation care maintenance: EB 826D
SBR: Low temperature testing: EB 893D
• Centralizing Rams
Centralizing ram: EB 532D
Operation and Maintenance: EB 533D
TC1403 133
DRILLING SYSTEMS
4601 Westway Park Blvd.
Houston, TX 77041
USA
Tel 1-281-606-6000
www.cameron.slb.com
ENVIRONME
ND N
A
TA
HSE Policy Statement

TH SAFETY
LE
XCELLEN
At Cameron, we are committed ethically, financially and personally to a working environment

where no one gets hurt, nothing gets harmed.
AL
CE
HE
CA
MERON
DRILLING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 3 – VALVES
Gate Valve Assembly, Manual, Model FLS, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP...................................3-2
P/N 141553-56-02-19
FLS Gate Valve with Double Acting New Generation Hydraulic Actuator......................3-4
3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP
P/N 2245506-22-25
Hydraulic Actuator for New Generation with Manual Locking Screw ................3-6
3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP
P/N 2245522-07-75
Operation and Maintenance:
TC148-2 FL and FLS Gate Valve
TC9261 FLS D/A-N Hydraulic Gate Valves
TC9598 3-1
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 3-2
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Gate Valve Assembly, Manual, Model FLS, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP
P/N 141553-56-02-19
Rev. 03

0 700149 6.2 lb Grease
1 239035-01 1 Bearing Cap
2 005929-05 1 Fitting, Grease - Straight
3 702644-34-31 1 O-Ring
4 019310-01 4 Race, Thrust Bearing
5 005931-10 2 Thrust Bearing
6 702645-22-41 1 O-Ring
7 239036-01 1 Stem Adapter
8 021812-15 1 Pin, Dowel
9 140142-01-04-10 1 Packing Gland
10 2013133-03 1 Backup Ring
11 2012992-03-01 1 Sls Seal
12 140345-03-43-15 1 Bonnet
13 2709000-15-01 8 Nut, Hvy Hex
14 219067-15-07-51 8 Stud, Dbl Ended
16 140170-07-01-04 1 Ring Gasket
18 140360-01-72-03 1 Stem
19 140342-01-74-03 1 Gate
20 140255-01-72-03 2 Seat
21 630859-04 1 Retainer Plate
22 239145-04-02-15 1 Body
23 2013400-76 1 Nameplate
24 140398-04-01-03 2 Asembly, ID Face Seal
25 140399-07-01-03 2 Assembly, OD Face Seal
27 2047076-03 1 Assembly, Handwheel
Optional Item
0 2012300-01-01 1 Installation and Operating Instructions
TC9598 3-3
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 3-4
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: FLS Gate Valve with Double Acting New Generation Hydraulic Actuator
3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP
P/N 2245506-22-25
Rev. 02

0 711027 6.2 lb Grease, Gate Valve Lubricant
1 2245522-07-75 1 Hydraulic Actuator Double Acting New Generation With Manual
Locking Screw And Manual
2 2012992-03-01 1 SLS Seal
3 2013133-03 1 Back-Up Ring, Stem Seal
4 219067-15-07-61 8 Stud, Dbl Ended
5 2709000-15-01 8 Nut, Hvy Hex
7 140170-07-01-04 1 Ring Gasket
8 2245530-07-33 1 Balancing Stem
9 140255-01-72-03 2 Seat
10 140398-04-01-03 2 Assembly, ID Face Seal
11 140399-07-01-03 2 Assembly, OD Face Seal
12 2245529-07-23 1 Gate
13 2245533-07-10 1 Retainer Plate
14 2245526-07-25 1 Body
15 2245532-04 1 Stem Protector and Indicator
16 689623-04 2 Pin, Spirol
17 2013400-76-01 1 Nameplate For Gate Valves
18 2047076-01 1 Assembly, Casting, Handwheel
TC9598 3-5
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TC9598 3-6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Parts List: Hydraulic Actuator for New Generation with Manual Locking Screw
3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP
P/N 2245522-07-75
Rev. 02

1 2245534-01-10 1 Assembly Manual Locking Screw
2 006854-47 1 Rod Oil Seal
3 702645-32-51 1 O-Ring
4 042000-03-25 1 Back-Up Ring
5 2245537-01-01 1 Upper Head Flange
6 005929-01 1 Fitting, Grease - Straight
7 2245538-07-11 1 Cylinder
8 2728579-01 16 Screw, Soc Hd Cap
9 2245539-01-10 1 Piston
10 702645-23-21 1 O-Ring
11 042000-02-32 1 Back-Up Ring
12 2245541-01-10 1 Packing Gland
13 2012992-03-01 1 SLS Seal
14 2013133-03 1 Back-Up Ring, Stem Seal
15 2245542-07-15 1 Subassembly Bonnet And Lower Head
17 2245528-07-33 1 Stem
18 702645-21-81 2 O-Ring
19 042000-02-18 3 Back-Up Ring
21 005929-10 1 Fitting, Relief
22 2013400-78 1 Nameplate
23 235127-04-01 2 Plate
29 005930-05-10 2 Pipe Plug Hex Hd
Expendable Item
0 711706 1 Sealant
TC9598 3-7
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Houston, TX 77041
USA
Tel 1-281-606-6000
cameron.slb.com
ENVIRONME
ND N
A
TA

TH SAFETY
LE
XCELLEN

AL
CE
HE
CA
MERON
FL and FLS Gate Valve
TC148-2
All information contained in this manual is the exclusive property of Cameron. Any repro-
duction or use of calculations, drawings, photographs, procedures or instructions, either
expressed or implied, is forbidden without written permission of Cameron or its authorized
agent.
Revision 07
December 2008
Revision 08
December 2009
© 2009 Cameron
TC148-2 2
PREFACE
property or death or injury to any person resulting in whole or in part from repairs performed
by anyone other than authorized Cameron personnel. Such unauthorized repairs shall also serve
to terminate any contractual or other warranty, if any, on the equipment and may also result in
equipment no longer meeting applicable requirements.
shown are accurate.
Cameron
P.O. Box 1212
713-939-2211
http://www.c-a-m.com
TC148-2 3
GENERAL WARNING
READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL INSTRUCTIONS. Failure to follow may result in serious personal
injury and damage not only to equipment but also the environment.
1. Safety is a combination of staying alert, common sense, and experience with oil field equipment
and environment. Read this manual prior to operating and servicing the FL and FLS valve. Be
familiar with operation terminologies of gate valves and oil field equipment.
2. This document includes basic valve repair guidance. The field service personnel shall be fully
trained in all aspects of handling pressure control equipment as well as the job they are going
to perform on the FL and FLS valve models. If any procedures and policies listed in this document
cannot be followed, contact a Cameron Representative for best course of action.
3. Proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be utilized according to Company policies.
Always use proper tools when servicing equipment.
4. A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) must be performed prior to beginning service on a well location. A
JHA review meeting will be held with all affected rig personnel PRIOR to commencement of work
to review results of the JHA, evacuation routes, emergency contacts, etc. All meeting attendees
and a Company Representative will sign off on the JHA to acknowledge meeting has taken place.
5. Be aware of unexpected circumstances that may arise when operating or servicing valve. Utilize
Step Back 5X5 process in order to assess hazards posed before, during and after servicing of
equipment under pressure or with potential of hazardous chemicals present. Be familiar with
company’s and facility’s Lockout/Tagout program in order to ensure all sources of energy (i.e.
electrical, pneumatic, pressure) are isolated and/or de-energized prior to beginning work.
6. All governmental or Company safety requirements shall be met before working on valve.
Requirements of fully tested pressure barriers prior to servicing valve shall be observed.
Cameron recommends two mechanical pressure barriers is preferred practice. Lower Master
Valve (LMV) is a critical valve and additional precautions should be taken to ensure mechanical
pressure barriers are functioning correctly prior to work being carried out on this particular valve.
7. Always check for trapped pressure before servicing valve. All valves downstream of pressure
barriers must be cycled several times to release trapped pressure.
8. Ensure chemical and physical properties of fluid flow product inside valve are known. Obtain
applicable Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for commonly encountered chemicals such
as hydrogen sulfide, cements, etc. in order to identify appropriate PPE to use, emergencies,
procedures, and methods or exposure control.
9. Always use correct lifting devices and follow safety rules in handling heavy products. The weight
of single cavity flanged and hub outlet valves are provided in this document for reference. Actual
valve weight can vary for valve block configurations. Never attempt to lift valve by hand. Do not
lift from handwheel or handwheel adapter. Valve should be lifted from valve body or end flange
outlets.
10. Cameron manufactures a variety of valve models with different features and operating
requirements. Be certain of valve model and refer to appropriate manual before attempting
operation or service on valve. This document is to assist field personnel in operation and
maintenance of the FL and FLS handwheel operated gate valve for valve sizes that are listed in
this document. Different documents are available for other FL/FLS valve sizes.
TC148-2 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................6
2.0 GENERAL INFORMATION ..........................................................................................6
2.1 Description and Features ....................................................................................6
2.2 Parts List ...............................................................................................................8
2.3 Dimensional Data ................................................................................................9
3.0 VALVE OPERATION ....................................................................................................12
3.1 Open Valve ..........................................................................................................12
3.2 Close Valve ..........................................................................................................12
4.0 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..........................................................................................14
4.1 Valve Body Cavity Lubrication ............................................................................14
4.2 Stem Thrust Bearing Lubrication ........................................................................15
4.3 Lubricant Charts...................................................................................................16
5.0 TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................................................................................17
6.0 BOLT TORQUE ............................................................................................................18
Recommended Makeup Torques Ft-lbf ....................................................................18
Recommended Makeup Torques N•m .....................................................................19
7.0 ORDERING REPLACEMENT PARTS ............................................................................20
TC148-2 5
1.0 SCOPE
This manual applies to the following model FL and FLS gate valve sizes and pressure
ratings. If size and pressure of particular valve is not listed in this chart, contact Cameron
for appropriate maintenance manual for valve.
This manual is for This manual is NOT for

Bore Pressure Rating Bore Pressure Rating
1-13/16 10,000 – 20,000 psig 4-1/16 15,000 psig
2-1/16 5000 – 20,000 psig 6-3/8 10,000 psig
2-9/16 5000 – 20,000 psig 5-1/8 10,000 psig
3-1/8 2000 – 5000 psig 6-3/8 10,000 psig
3-1/16 10,000 – 15,000 psig 7-1/16 5000 psig
4-1/8 2000 – 5000 psig
4-1/16 10,000 psig
5-1/8 3000 – 5000 psig
6-1/8 2000 – 5000 psig
6-3/8 2000 – 5000 psig
2.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

2.1 Description and Features
The FL or FLS gate valve is a full-bore through-conduit valve designed and manu-
factured in accordance with API 6A and NACE MR-01-75. It is available in standard
double flange, threaded-end and special block body configurations. The following
are standard features of FL and FLS gate valves:
2.1.1 Sealing at gate-to-seat and seat-to-body is metal-to-metal.
2.1.2 Gate and seat assembly has minimum number of parts. One-piece seats and
slab gate ensure reliable sealing and simplify field service. The modified
Acme gate-to-stem thread allows gate to move back and forth, or float, to
seal against seat.
2.1.3 Gate and seat assembly seals in both directions, and gate and seats can be
reversed for increased life.
2.1.4 Stem shoulder can be backseated against bonnet to isolate stem seal from
valve internal pressure. This feature can be used to prevent leakage to
environment in case of stem seal malfunction. Backseating feature can also
be used to allow replacement of stem seal while valve is under pressure, a
design capability required by API Spec 6A. HOWEVER, replacing stem seal
with pressure in valve body is not recommended and should only be done
with utmost caution and safety planning.
2.1.5 Non-rising stem prevents cavity pressure increase or displacement of cavity
lubricant when valve is stroked open or closed.
2.1.6 All FL and FLS valves have metal-to-metal sealing grease fitting which
contains check valve. Stem, gate and seat are lubricated through grease
TC148-2 6
fitting which is located on downstream side of stem backseat for safety. No
sealant or lubricant ports extend directly into valve cavity.
2.1.7 Valves for 2000 through 5000 psi WP use flat compression-type metal gasket.
Seal between valve body and bonnet is a pressure-energized, modified BX-
style metal bonnet gasket on 10,000 through 20,000 psi WP valves.
2.1.8 Stem seal is non-elastomeric design resistant to all well fluids. Different ver-
sions of these seals are available that can extend temperature rating to cover
all API temperature ratings.
2.1.9 An optional add-on torque multiplier is available for larger FL and FLS valves
to provide easier operation.
TC148-2 7
2.2 Parts List
See valve assembly bill of materials for materials and descriptions of valve compo-
nents.
Item Description
1 Handwheel
2 Grease Fitting
3 Bearing Cap
4 O-Ring
5 Race
6 Bearing
7 O-Ring
8 Stem Adapter
9 Stem Pin
10 Packing Gland
11 Stem Seal
*12 Backup Ring
13 Bonnet Nut
14 Bonnet Stud
15 Bonnet
16 Grease Injection Fitting
17 Bonnet Gasket
18 Stem
19 Gate
20 Seat
21 Seal Ring, OD
22 Seal Ring, ID (FLS only)
23 Retainer Plate
*24 Dowel Pin
25 Body
26 Name Plate
*Not supplied in all sizes and pressures.
TC148-2 8
2.3 Dimensional Data
Table I: Dimensional Data - 2000 psi WP

(Dimensions in parenthesis are in millimeters)
6-1/8”
Item Description 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/8” 4-1/8”
6-3/8”
End-to-End, Flanged 11-5/8” 13-1/8” 14-1/8” 17-1/8” 22-1/8”
A
(Ring Joint) (295.28) (333.38) (358.78) (434.97) (561.98)
6-1/8” 7-1/8” 7-3/4” 9-3/4” 12-3/8”
B Extreme Width of Body
(155.58) (180.98) (196.85) (247.65) (314.33)
Center of Port to 13” 33-13/16” 16-13/16” 18-7/16” 22-3/4”
C
Top of Stem Adapter (330.20) (350.84) (427.04) (468.31) (577.85)
Center of Port to Bottom of Body 5-5/8” 6-1/2” 7-3/4” 9-3/8” 13-1/2”
D
(Max) (142.86) (165.10) (196.85) (238.13) (342.90)
Center of Port to 15-3/8” 16-1/8” 19-1/16” 20-11/16” 24”
E
Top of Handwheel Rim (390.53) (409.58) (484.19) (525.69) (609.60)
14” 14” 14” 14” 18-1/2”
F Handwheel OD
(355.60) (355.60) (355.60) (355.60) (469.90)
Weight (Flanged) 160 lb 200 lb 240 lb 350 lb 800 lb
TC148-2 9
Table II: Dimensional Data - 3000 psi WP
6-1/8”
Item Description 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/8” 4-1/8” 5-1/8”
6-3/8”
End-to-End, 10-5/8” 12-3/8” 13-5/8”
A — — —
Threaded (269.88) (314.33) (346.08)
End-to-End, 14-5/8” 16-5/8” 17-1/8” 20-1/8” 24-1/8” 24-1/8”
A
Flanged (Ring Joint) (371.47) (422.28) (434.97) (511.17) (612.78) (612.78)
6-3/4” 7-5/8” 7-1/2” 10-1/2” 21” 12-3/4”
(171.45) (193.67) (190.50) (266.70) (533.40) (323.85)
Center of Port to 13” 33-13/16” 16-13/16” 18-7/16” 21-5/16” 22-3/4”
C
Top of Stem Adapter (330.20) (858.84) (427.04) (477.84) (541.34) (577.85)
Center of Port to 5-3/4” 6-1/2” 7-3/4” 9-3/8” 13-1/2” 13-1/2”
D
Bottom of Body (Max) (146.05) (165.10) (196.85) (238.13) (342.90) (342.90)
Center of Port to 15-3/8” 16-1/8” 19-1/16” 20-11/16” 22-9/16” 24”
E
Top of Handwheel Rim (390.53) (409.58) (484.19) (525.45) (573.09) (609.60)
14” 14” 14” 18-1/2” 24” 24”
F Handwheel OD
(355.60) (355.60) (355.60) (469.90) (609.60) (609.60)
Weight (Flanged) 170 lb 220 lb 260 lb 450 lb 750 lb 1000 lb
Table III: Dimensional Data - 5000 psi WP

6-1/8”
Item Description 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/8” 4-1/2” 5-1/8”
6-3/8”
End-to-End, 10-5/8” 12-3/8” 13-5/8”
A — — —
Threaded (269.88) (314.33) (346.08)
End-to-End, 14-5/8” 16-5/8” 18-5/8” 21.5/8” 28-5/8” 29”
A
Flanged (Ring Joint) (371.47) (422.28) (473.08) (549.28) (727.07) (736.60)
7” 8-3/16” 9-1/4” 10-13/16” 21-3/4” 14-1/8”
(177.80) (207.96) (234.95) (274.64) (552.45) (358.78)
Center of Port to 15-1/8” 15-15/16” 16-13/16” 18-7/16” 21-5/16” 22-3/4”
C
Top of Stem Adapter (384.17) (404.81) (427.04) (468.31) (541.34) (577.85)
Center of Port to 5-3/4” 6-1/2” 7-3/4” 9-3/8” 13-1/2” 13-1/2”
D
Center of Port to 17-3/8” 18-1/8” 19-1/16” 20-11/16” 23-9/16” 24”
E
14” 14” 18-1/2” 18-1/2” 24” 24”
F Handwheel OD
(355.60) (355.60) (469.90) (469.90) (609.60) (609.60)
TC148-2 10
Table IV: Dimensional Data - 10,000 psi WP
Item Description 1-13/16” 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/16” 4-1/16” 5-1/8”
End-to-End, Flanged 18-1/4” 20-1/2” 22-1/4” 24-3/8” 26-3/8” 29”
A
(Ring Joint) (463.55) (520.70) (565-15) (619.13) (669.93) (736.60)
9-1/16” 9-3/8” 9-13/16” 10-1/4” 12-13/16” 23-1/2”
(230.19) (238.13) (249.24) (260.35) (325.44) (596.90)
Center of Port to 15-1/8” 15-1/8” 15-13/16” 16-7/8” 19-11/16” 23-7/8”
C
Stem Adapter (384.17) (384.17) (401.64) (428.63) (500.06) (606.43)
Center of Port to 6-1/8” 6-3/16” 7-3/8” 8-1/2” 10-3/4” 13-1/2”
D
Center of Port to 17-3/8” 17-3/8” 18-1/8” 18-1/16” 20-15/16” 25-1/4”
E
14” 18-1/2” 18-1/2” 24” 24” 24”
F Handwheel OD
(355.60) (469.90) (469.90) (609.60) (609.60) (609.60)
Table V: Dimensional Data - 15,000 psi WP

Item Description 1-13/16” 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/16”
18” 19” 21” 23-9/16”
A End-to-End, Flanged (Ring Joint)
(457.20) (482.60) (533.40) (598.49)
9-7/8” 9-7/8” 11-1/2” 13-9/16”
(250.83) (250.83) (292.10) (344.49)
15-1/8” 15-1/8” 17-3/16” 20-5/16”
C Center of Port to Top of Stem Adapter
(384.17) (384.17) (436.56) (515.94)
6-7/8” 6-1/2” 8-1/2” 10-1/2”
D Center of Port to Bottom of Body (Max)
(174.63) (165.10) (215.90) (266.70)
17-3/8” 17-3/8” 19-9/16” 22-3/16”
E Center of Port to Top of Handwheel Rim
(441.33) (441.33) (496.89) (563.56)
18-1/2” 18-1/2” 18-1/2” 24”
F Handwheel OD
(469.90) (469.90) (469.90) (609.60)
Weight 275 lb 300 lb 560 lb 890 lb
Table VI: Dimensional Data - 20,000 psi WP

Item Description 1-13/16” 2-1/16 2-9/16”
21” 23” 26-1/2”
A End-to-End, Flanged (Ring Joint)
(533.40) (584.20) (673.10)
7-7/8” 11-3/4” 14-5/8”
(200.02) (298.45) (371.47)
16-3/8“ 17” 20-3/8“
C Center of Port to Top of Stem Adapter
(413.51) (431.04) (515.87)
8-3/8” 7-3/4” 11-1/18”
D Center of Port to Bottom of Body (Max)
(212.73) (196.85) (282.58)
18-3/4“ 19-3/8” 21-5/8“
E Center of Port to Top of Handwheel Rim
(473.71) (491.24) (547.62)
18-1/2” 18-1/2” 24”
F Handwheel OD
(469.90) (469.90) (609.60)
Weight 580 lb 760 lb 1235 lb
TC148-2 11
3.0 VALVE OPERATION
1. Be aware of surrounding environment and valve condition when operating valve. Be certain of
gate position (open/close) before operating valve. Be aware that unexpected circumstances may
arise when operating or servicing valve. Review completed JHA and perform Step Back 5X5 to
prepare for unplanned situations.
2. Always use the provided handwheel and stand on stable platform when operating valve. Refer to
Tables I through VI for appropriate handwheel size.
3. DO NOT apply more torque than specified values. Do not use cheater pipe or wrench on
handwheel to operate. Excessive torque can damage stem pin or other valve parts.
4. If valve handwheel will not rotate, it is possible that rotation is in wrong direction. If there is un-
certainty about valve position, open or close, rotate handwheel in both directions before increas-
ing torque. Consider possibility of hydrates (ice) in valve if it is still inoperable.
5. When pressure is bled from valve bore, there may be trapped pressure in cavity when valve is in
either open or closed position. Valve should be cycled to relieve pressure.
3.1 Open Valve

Valve is opened by turning handwheel counterclockwise (to left) until it stops,
then turning handwheel back to right 1/4 to 1/2 turn to relieve stress on operating
mechanism.
3.2 Close Valve

Valve is closed by turning handwheel clockwise (to right) until it stops, and then
backing off 1/4 to 1/2 turn to allow gate to float and seal.
Gate must be positioned either “full-open” or “full-

closed”. Leaving valve in partially open position can
cause throttling and damage to valve components.
Number of turns should always be counted to verify
final gate position. Refer to Table VII for number of
turns to open and close valve, appropriate valve size and
pressure.
TC148-2 12
Table VII: Operating Requirements
2000-3000 psi WP 5000 psi WP

Valve Bore Size 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/8” 4-1/16” 5-1/8” 6-3/8” 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/8” 4-1/16” 5-1/8” 6-3/8”
Expected
Opening Torque, 15 20 25 30 45 80 20 25 35 50 75 140
Lubricated Valve, ft-lb
Maximum
Opening Torque, 30 40 60 80 130 235 45 65 95 135 220 395
Severe Service, ft-lb
Total Number of Turns,
12 1/3 15 1/8 18 1/8 23 1/4 27 1/2 33 3/4 12 1/3 15 1/8 18 1/8 23 1/4 27 1/2 33 3/4
Full-Open to Full-Closed
10,000 psi WP 15,000 psi WP

Valve Bore Size 1-13/16” 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/16” 4-1/16” 1-13/16” 2-1/16” 2-9/16” 3-1/16”
Expected
Opening Torque, 30 35 50 65 110 50 60 100 125
Lubricated Valve, ft-lb
Maximum
Opening Torque, 80 85 130 170 320 125 155 265 335
Severe Service, ft-lb
Total Number of Turns,
12 1/3 12 1/3 15 1/8 18 1/8 23 1/4 12 1/3 12 1/3 15 3/4 22 7/8
Full-Open to Full-Closed
TC148-2 13
4.0 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
1. DANGER: Lubricating valve involves injection into valve body. This can present a hazard
while well is flowing or under pressure. Be aware of unexpected circumstances during or after
lubricating valve. Review completed JHA and perform Step Back 5x5 to prepare for unplanned
situations.
2. Isolate valve pressure source and release valve pressure before lubricating valve whenever
possible. If valve is lubricated under pressure, second check valve or needle valve should be
manifolded onto grease fitting as second barrier. This can isolate pressure if grease fitting check
fails. Reference facility’s work instruction on grease gun safety in order to verify condition of
greasing equipment before performing the work.
3. Besides wearing appropriate PPE, be sure to read and understand Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) of grease or any other chemicals being used on the job to ensure adequate control mea-
sures are in place.
4. Be aware of trapped pressure and physical and chemical properties of well fluid. Stroke valve to
verify release of any trapped pressure. Use proper unseating tool to check any residual trapped
pressure through grease fitting.
5. When removing fitting cap be certain fitting does not rotate with cap. If constant pressure re-
lease is heard when loosening cap, retighten cap and plan to replace fitting.
6. During lubrication or other maintenance operations, do not place any part of one’s body in front
of fitting, especially when removing fitting or fitting cap.
7. Standard FL and FLS gate valves do not have buried check valves like earlier designs. However,
some special customer designs and older valve models such as F and FC may have a buried check
valve with word “CHECK” stamped next to grease fitting.
8. During lubrication, do not exceed rated working pressure of valve. Slowdown in pumping speed
shows resistance and can be indication that valve cavity is full.
4.1 Valve Body Cavity Lubrication
Proper lubrication will improve performance and life

of valve. It is recommended to lubricate valve cavity
after ten operating cycles. One cycle equals opening
and closing valve one time. Service interval can vary
according to application, fluids used and well conditions.
If pressure is equalized across valve before it is opened,
service interval can be extended. If valve is removed
from service, body cavity should be lubricated before it
is returned to service or put in storage.
If it becomes necessary to cement, acidize, frac through,

or subject valve to any other unusual service, it is
TC148-2 14
recommended to lubricate valve body cavity before
operation. After operation, flush valve with appropriate
cleaning/neutralizing fluid. Then operate valve with
fresh water or appropriate neutralizing fluid in the line.
Finally, lubricate valve body cavity again. Cycling valve
during flushing and lubrication will greatly improve
effectiveness of maintenance.
Lubricant selection chart, Table IX, recommends proper

grease for different valve service conditions. Table VIII
shows amount of grease required for different FL and
FLS valves. For well flow stimulation operations (i.e.
fracturing operations) it is recommended to use Diesel
Resistant grease (P/N 713837-10) to lubricate valve body.
Lubrication of valve cavity is performed through grease fitting as follows:

4.1.1 Isolate valve from flow line pressure; stroke valve to open position.
4.1.2 Remove grease fitting cap from grease fitting located on bonnet OD. When
removing grease fitting cap, be certain fitting does not rotate with cap. Do
not place any part of one’s body in front of fitting vent.
4.1.3 Connect grease gun coupler to grease fitting.
4.1.4 Pump appropriate amount and type of lubricant into body cavity. Refer to
Tables VIII and IX.
4.1.5 When valve cavity has been filled, remove grease gun and reinstall grease
fitting cap. Torque to 50-60 ft-lb (70-85 N•m).
4.2 Stem Thrust Bearing Lubrication
Lubricate thrust bearings as often as required to ensure

smooth valve operation. Depending upon ambient
temperature, use either standard or low-temperature
grease listed in Table IX to lubricate thrust bearings. Do
not use diesel resistant or high-temperature grease to
lubricate thrust bearings.
4.2.1 Connect handheld grease gun to zert fitting on bearing cap.

4.2.2 Pump lubricant into fitting until clean grease appears at vent hole in bearing
cap.
TC148-2 15
4.3 Lubricant Charts
Table VIII: Grease Volume Requirements
Lubricant Volume
Bore Size (in.) Pressure Rating Lubricant Weight (lb)
Required (cu in.)
1-13/16” All 40 1.5
2-1/16” All 40 1.5
2-9/16” To 10,000 80 3.0
2-9/16” 15,000 90 3.5
3-1/8” To 5000 110 4.5
3-1/16” 10,000 110 4.5
3-1/16” 15,000 150 6.0
4-1/8” To 5000 250 10.0
4-1/16” 10,000 250 10.0
5-1/8” 5000 310 12.5
6-1/8” To 5000 580 23.0
6-3/8” To 5000 580 23.0
Table IX: Lubricant Selection
Quantities (By Part Number)

Service Operational
Service Available on a
Temperature Properties
Standard Order Basis
Standard Crude
With High CO2
120 lb Drum
400 lb Drum
(Per Pound)
25 lb Pail
With H2S
5 lb Can
Diesel
-20OF to 250OF
Standard E P F P 700149 700667 70668* 700669 700670
(-29OC to 121OC)
-50OF to 250OF
E P F P 700123 700671 700672 700673 700674
Low (-46OC to 121OC)
Temp -75OF to 350OF
E P F P 711027 711027-1 711027-2 711027-3 711027-4
(-59OC to 177OC)
Diesel -0OF to 350OF
E E G G 713837 713837-1 713837-2 713837-3 713837-4
Resistant (-18OC to 177OC)
-0OF to 450OF
G P F P 700217 700679 700680 700681 700682
High (-18OC to 232OC)
Temp -20OF to 500OF
G P F P 710194 710194-1 710194-2 710194-3 710194-4
(-29OC to 260OC)
E - Excellent (Recommended) F - Fair (Not Recommended) *Available in 20 lb pail only
G - Good (Recommended) P - Poor (Not Recommended)
TC148-2 16
5.0 TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom Cause Action
Fluid leaks past gate and seat as- 1. Handwheel is not backed off. 1. Back off handwheel 1/4
sembly. turn. (See 3.2)
2. Gate or seats are worn. 2. Replace gate or seats. (A,B)

Fluid leaks around valve stem. 1. Stem seal is worn. 1. Replace stem seal. (A,B)
Fluid leaks at bonnet flange. 1. Bonnet seal ring is worn. 1. Replace bonnet seal ring.
(A,B)
2. Bonnet or body ring groove is 2. Return valve to Cameron

damaged. for repair.
Fluid leaks from bonnet grease 1. Check valve inside grease 1. Replace grease fitting. (A,B)
fitting. fitting is worn.
2. Leaking by thread. 2. Tighten fitting. (A,B)

Handwheel is hard to turn. 1. Thrust bearings have lost 1. Lubricate thrust bearings.
lubricant. (See 4.2)
2. Thrust bearings are corroded. 2. Replace thrust bearings.

(A,B)
3. Gate and stem threads have 3. Lubricate gate and stem

lost lubricant. through bonnet grease
fitting. (See 4.1)
Handwheel turns without open- 1. Stem pin is sheared. 1. Replace stem pin. (A,B)
ing or closing valve.
A. These actions are recommended for Cameron

personnel or facilities only.
B. Refer to FL and FLS Gate Valve Repair Manual.
TC148-2 17
6.0 BOLT TORQUE
Recommended Makeup Torques Ft-lbf
Per API 6A: preload = .50Sy
Size B7M, L7M (80 ksi Sy) B7, L7, 660 (105 ksi)
Nom OD - TPI cf=0.07 cf=0.13 cf=0.07 cf=0.13
.500-13 27 45 35 59
.625-11 52 88 68 115
.750-10 90 153 118 200
.875-9 143 243 188 319
1.00-8 213 361 279 474
1.125-8 305 523 401 686
1.250-8 421 726 553 953
1.375-8 563 976 739 1280
1.500-8 733 1280 962 1680
1.625-8 934 1640 1230 2150
1.750-8 1170 2050 1530 2700
1.875-8 1440 2540 1890 3330
2.000-8 1750 3090 2300 4060
2.250-8 2500 4440 3280 5820
2.500-8 3430 6120 4500 8030
2.625-8 3970 7100 4720 8430
2.750-8 4570 8180 5420 9700
3.000-8 5930 10700 7050 12700
3.250-8 7550 13600 8970 16100
3.500-8 9430 17000 11200 20200
3.750-8 11600 21000 13800 24900
3.875-8 12800 23200 15200 27500
4.000-8 14100 25500 16700 30300
The information in this table is based on API-6A’s rec-

ommended torques for given bolt size. Information
is presented for convenience of user and is based on
assumptions of certain coefficients of friction (cf). Coeffi-
cients of friction are based on approximations of fric-
tion between studs and nuts, as well as nuts and flange
face. Coefficient friction of 0.13 assumes threads and nut
bearing surfaces are bare metal and are well lubricated
with thread compound. Coefficient of friction of 0.07
assumes thread and nuts are coated with fluoropolymer
material.
TC148-2 18
Recommended Makeup Torques N•m
Per API 6A: preload = .50Sy
Bolt Size B7M, L7M (80 ksi Sy) B7, L7, 660 (105 ksi)
Nom OD - TPI cf=0.07 cf=0.13 cf=0.07 cf=0.13
.500-13 36 61 48 80
.625-11 70 118 92 155
.750-10 122 206 160 270
.875-9 193 328 253 429
1.00-8 288 488 376 639
1.125-8 413 706 540 925
1.250-8 569 981 745 1290
1.375-8 761 1320 996 1730
1.500-8 991 1730 1300 2270
1.625-8 1260 2210 1660 2910
1.750-8 1580 2780 2080 3650
1.875-8 1950 3440 2560 4500
2.000-8 2370 4190 3100 5500
2.250-8 3380 6000 4440 7880
2.500-8 4640 8290 6100 10900
2.625-8 5380 9620 6390 11500
2.750-8 6190 11100 7350 13200
3.000-8 8050 14400 9560 17200
3.250-8 10200 18400 12200 21900
3.500-8 12800 23000 15200 27400
3.750-8 15700 28400 18700 33800
3.875-8 17400 31400 20600 37300
4.000-8 19100 34600 22700 41000
The information in this table is based on API-6A’s rec-

ommended torques for given bolt size. Information
is presented for convenience of user and is based on
assumptions of certain coefficients of friction (cf). Coeffi-
cients of friction are based on approximations of fric-
tion between studs and nuts, as well as nuts and flange
face. Coefficient friction of 0.13 assumes threads and nut
bearing surfaces are bare metal and are well lubricated
with thread compound. Coefficient of friction of 0.07
assumes thread and nuts are coated with fluoropolymer
material.
TC148-2 19
7.0 ORDERING REPLACEMENT PARTS
The only information needed for ordering replacement parts for a Cameron gate valve
is original valve assembly part number and description of part. Valve assembly part
number is stamped on valve body nameplate. It is recommended that description of
valve assembly (size, pressure, trim) be included as a check on assembly number, but is
not necessary if assembly number is clearly readable.
It is not recommended to order replacement parts by using part number off old part or
by referring to file copy of valve assembly bill of material. If an engineering change has
been implemented to valve assembly to replace one component part number with an-
other, the only way to ensure getting updated component is to reference valve assem-
bly number and part by description (gate, seat, stem, etc. Part descriptions are shown in
parts list, Part I.D.). Cameron personnel can then check latest revision of assembly bill of
material to obtain appropriate and current replacement part number.
Contact Cameron representative for replacement parts for FLS and all other FL gate
valves.
TC148-2 20
DRILLING SYSTEMS
FLS D/A-N Hydraulic Gate Valves

TC9261
DRILLING SYSTEMS
All the information contained in this manual is the exclusive property of Cameron. Any repro-
duction or use of the calculations, drawings, photographs, procedures or instructions, either
expressed or implied, is forbidden without the written permission of Cameron or its autho-
rized agent.
Initial Release 01
February 2013
© 2013 Cameron
TC9261 2
DRILLING SYSTEMS
PREFACE
property or death or injury to any person resulting in whole or in part from repairs performed by
other than authorized Cameron personnel. Such unauthorized repairs shall also serve to termi-
nate any contractual or other warranty, if any, on the equipment and may also result in equip-
ment no longer meeting applicable requirements.
File copies of this manual are maintained. Revisions and/or additions will be made as deemed nec-
essary by Cameron. The drawings in this book are not drawn to scale, but the dimensions shown
are accurate.
Cameron
P.O. Box 1212
713-939-2211
http://www.c-a-m.com
TC9261 3
DRILLING SYSTEMS
GENERAL WARNING
READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL INSTRUCTIONS. Failure to follow may result in serious personal injury
and damage not only to the equipment, but also the environment.
1. Safety is a combination of staying alert, common sense, and experience with the oil field
equipment and environment. Read this manual prior to operating and servicing the FL and
FLS valve. Be familiar with the operation terminologies of gate valves and oil field equip-
ment.
2. This document includes basic valve repair guidance. The field service personnel shall be fully
trained in all aspects of handling pressure control equipment, as well as the job that they
are going to perform on the FL and FLS valve models. If any of the procedures and policies
listed in this document cannot be followed, contact a Cameron representative for the best
course of action.
3. Proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be utilized according to company policies.
Always use proper tools when servicing the equipment.
4. A job hazard analysis (JHA) must be performed prior to beginning any service on a well
location. A JHA review meeting will be held with all affected rig personnel PRIOR to the
commencement of work to review the results of the JHA, evacuation routs, emergency con-
tacts, etc. All meeting attendees and a company representative will sign-off on the JHA to
acknowledge this meeting has taken place.
5. Be aware of unexpected circumstances that may arise when operating or servicing the
valve. Utilize the Step Back 5X5 process in order to assess the hazards posed before, dur-
ing, and after the servicing of equipment under pressure or with the potential of hazardous
chemicals present. Be familiar with the company’s and facility’s Lockout/Tagout program in
order to ensure all sources of energy (i.e. electrical, pneumatic, pressure) are isolated and/or
de-energized prior to beginning work.
6. All governmental or company safety requirements shall be met before working on the
valve. Requirements of fully tested pressure barriers prior to servicing the valve shall be
observed. Cameron recommends two mechanical pressure barriers as the preferred prac-
tice. The Lower Master Valve (LMV) is a critical valve, and additional precautions should be
taken to ensure that the mechanical pressure barriers are functioning correctly prior to any
work being carried out on this particular valve.
7. Always check for any trapped pressure before servicing the valve. All valves downstream of
the pressure barriers must be cycled several times to release any trapped pressure.
8. Ensure the chemical and physical properties of the fluid flow product inside the valve are
known. Obtain applicable Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for commonly encountered
chemicals such as hydrogen sulfide, cements, etc. in order to identify appropriate PPE to
use, emergencies, procedures, and methods or exposure control.
9. Always use correct lifting devices and follow safety rules in handling heavy products. The
weight of single cavity flanged and hub outlet valves are provided in this document for ref-
erence. The actual valve weight can vary for the valve block configurations. Never attempt
to lift the valve by hand. Do not lift from hand wheel or hand wheel adapter. Valve should
be lifted from valve body or end flange outlets.
10. Cameron manufactures a variety of valve models with different features and operating
requirements. Be certain of the valve model and refer to the appropriate manual, before
attempting any operation or service on the valve. This document is to assist field personnel
in the operation and maintenance of the FLS DOUBLE ACTING Hydraulic gate valve new
model.
TC9261 4
DRILLING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. Scope ................................................................................................................................6
II. General Information ......................................................................................................7
III. Parts List .........................................................................................................................10
IV. Inspection ......................................................................................................................11
A. Valve Inspection .................................................................................................11
B. Actuator Inspection ............................................................................................11
V. Installation......................................................................................................................11
VI. Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................11
A. Operation ...........................................................................................................11
B. Maintenance .......................................................................................................12
VII. Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................14
TC9261 5
DRILLING SYSTEMS
I. SCOPE
This manual applies to the following model of D/A-N Hydraulic gate valve sizes and pressure
ratings. If the size and pressure of a particular valve is not listed in this chart, contact Cameron
for the appropriate maintenance manual for the valve.
This manual is for

Bore Pressure Rating
2-1/16 5000 ; 10,000 ; 15,000
2-9/16 15,000
3-1/8 3000 ; 5000
3-1/16 10,000 ; 15,000
4-1/8 3000 ; 5000
4-1/16 10,000
4-1/16 15,000
TC9261 6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
II. GENERAL INFORMATION

The FLS gate valve is a full-bore through-conduit valve designed and manufactured in accor-
dance with API 6A and NACE MR-01-75.
The following are standard features of the FL and FLS gate valves:
1. Sealing at the gate-to-seat and the seat-to-body is metal-to-metal.
2. The gate and seat assembly has a minimum number of parts. One-piece seats and
slab gate ensure reliable sealing and simplify field service.
3. The gate and seat assembly seals in both directions, and the gate and seats can be
reversed for increased life.
4. The stem’s shoulders can be back seated against the bonnet or stuffing box to iso-
late the stem seal from valve internal pressure. This feature can be used to prevent
leakage to the environment in the case of a stem seal malfunction. The back seat-
ing feature can also be used to allow replacement of the stem seal while the valve
is under pressure, a design capability required by API Spec 6A. HOWEVER, replacing
the stem seal with pressure in the valve body is not recommended, and should only
be done with the utmost of caution and safety planning.
5. All FLS valves have metal-to-metal sealing grease fitting which contains a check
valve. The stem, gate and seat are lubricated through the grease fitting which is lo-
cated on the downstream side of the stem backseat for safety. No sealant or lubri-
cant ports extend directly into the valve cavity.
6. Valves for 2000 thru 5000 psi WP use a flat compression-type metal gasket. The
seal between the valve body and bonnet is a pressure-energized, modified BX-style
metal bonnet gasket on 10,000 thru 20,000 psi WP valves.
7. The stem seal is a non-elastomeric design that is resistant to all well fluids. Differ-
ent versions of these seals are available that can extend the temperature rating to
cover all API temperature ratings.
TC9261 7
DRILLING SYSTEMS
8. D/A-N hydraulic gate valves dimensions & weights.
Weight Dimensions (mm)

Size Pressure
(kg) A B C D
5 KSI 128 979 374 1353 371
2.1/16” 10 KSI 178 982 374 1356 519
15 KSI 196 1001 374 1376 483
2.9/16” 15 KSI 315 1065 458 1523 533
3 KSI 175 1053 470 1523 435
3.1/8”
5 KSI 203 1053 470 1523 473
10 KSI 280 1100 473 1573 619
3.1/16”
15 KSI 456 1126 517 1644 598
5 KSI 308 1137 546 1683 549
4.1/16”
10 KSI 470 1186 554 1740 670
4.1/16’’ 15 KSI 708 1243 630 1873 736.6
Weight Dimensions (inch)

Size Pressure
(lb) A B C D
5 KSI 282 38.54 14.72 53.26 14.60
2.1/16” 10 KSI 392 38.66 14.72 53.38 20.43
15 KSI 432 39.40 14.72 54.17 19.01
2.9/16” 15 KSI 694 41.93 18.03 59.96 20.98
3 KSI 386 41.45 18.50 59.96 17.12
3.1/8”
5 KSI 447 41.45 18.50 59.96 18.62
10 KSI 617 43.30 18.62 61.92 24.37
3.1/16”
15 KSI 1005 44.33 20.35 64.72 23.54
5 KSI 679 44.76 21.49 66.26 21.61
4.1/16”
10 KSI 1036 46.69 21.81 68.50 26.37
4.1/16’’ 15 KSI 1561 48.9 24.8 73.7 29.00
TC9261 8
DRILLING SYSTEMS
9. D/A-N hydraulic gate valves volume stroke summary.
Open Closed
Size Pressure
(Liters/Gallon) (Liters/Gallon)
5K
2.06 10K 0.9/0.24 1.1/0.29
15K
2.56 15K 1.0/0.27 1.2/0.32
3K
3.06 5K 1.2/0.32 1.4/0.37
10K
3.06 15K 1.3/0.35 1.5/0.40
5K
4.06 1.5/0.40 1.8/0.48
10K
4.06 15K 2.7/0.72 3.0/0.80
TC9261 9
DRILLING SYSTEMS
III. PARTS LIST

See the valve assembly bill-of materials for materials and descriptions of valve components.
Item Description
01 Handwheel
02 Shc Screws
03 Rod Oil Seal
04 Back-up Ring
05 O-ring
06 Grease Fitting
07 Upper Head
08 Four Lobes Ring
09 Locking Screw
10 Screw
11 Bronze Tip
12 Cylinder
13 Piston
14 O-ring
15 Back-up Ring
16 Packing Gland
17 O-ring
18 Back-up Ring
19 Fitting Grease
20 Lower Head
21 Back-up Ring
22 Stem Seal
23 Nut
24 Stud
25 Bonnet
26 Ring Gasket
27 Fitting Grease
28 Upper Stem
29 Gate
30 Seat
31 ID Ring seal
32 OD Ring Seal
33 Pin, Dowel
34 Balancing Stem
35 Retainer
36 Body
37 Name Plate
38 Stem Protector/Indicator
TC9261 10
DRILLING SYSTEMS
IV. INSPECTION
A. Valve Inspection
Inspect the ring grooves for pitting and other visible damage. If defects are found, con-
tact Cameron personnel for repair work.
B. Actuator Inspection
1. Attach a temporary supply line to the close NPT port in the lower end of the cylin-
der.
2. Apply 50 to 150 psi gas or hydraulic supply pressure to the cylinder.
3. Inspect the valve bore to ensure that the gate bore is properly aligned. If it is not
fully open, contact a Cameron service representative.
4. Release the supply pressure.
5. If the valve does not stroke smoothly or if a leak is detected, see Part V or contact a
Cameron representative.
V. INSTALLATION
The Cameron FLS with double acting hydraulic actuator operates properly when installed in
any orientation. The valve is a bidirectional sealing design.
VI. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
A. Operation
The double acting hydraulic actuator on a FLS gate valve requires operating pressure
within the range of 1500 to 3000 psi. Pressurizing the upper port (farthest from the valve)
closes the valve. Pressurizing the lower port (closest to the valve) opens the valve. The
valve will remain in position after release of actuator pressure due to the balanced stem
design (lower stem balances pressure thrust on upper stem), and the actuator does not
contain springs. Stem packing at the upper and lower stems seal line pressure. However,
should some leakage occur past the upper stem packing, a vent port and seals above the
vent will prevent line pressure from entering the actuator.
The required operating pressure for the double acting actuator is usually much lower
than the published minimum of 1500 psi. That value takes into account fouling of the
valve by drilling fluids, etc., and is not expected to represent the “normal” situation. The
actuator has a maximum rated working pressure of 3000 psi. Hydraulic oils or water that
contains a water soluble lubricant (Cameron lubricant 590X) can be used as the operating
fluid. 590X protects the hydraulic system and has good flow characteristics. Add an appro-
priate amount of ethylene glycol (antifreeze) for freeze protection of water based fluid.
The valve lower stem indicates valve position, viewed through slots in the lower stem pro-
tector/indicator. When the valve is open, the lower stem is up (towards the valve body).
When the valve is closed, the lower stem is down (away from the valve body).
1. The manual locking screw may be used to close the valve when hydraulic operating
pressure is not available and there is little or no pressure in the valve.
2. The manual locking screw may also be used to lock the valve in the closed position.
TC9261 11
DRILLING SYSTEMS
a. Apply hydraulic pressure to the actuator (closing port cylinder port farthest from
the valve) to close the valve.
b. Release hydraulic pressure from the actuator.
c. Turn the locking screw hand wheel clockwise (to the right) until it firmly con-
tacts the centering pin on the piston.
3. To ‘unlock’ and open a closed valve:
a. Turn the locking screw counterclockwise (to the left) until the locking screw
shoulder contacts the upper head.
b. Apply hydraulic pressure to the actuator (opening port, cylinder port closest to
the valve) to open the valve.
c. Release hydraulic pressure from the actuator.
Note: Actuator internal stops absorb piston force at both ends of the stroke to limit gate
travel. In the fully closed position, the piston contacts the stem packing gland in the
bonnet. The piston contacts the adjusting adapter in the upper cylinder head when the
valve is fully open.
B. Maintenance
1. Maintenance Schedule
The following maintenance checklist covers normal or routine service. More fre-
quent maintenance may be necessary for unusual or more adverse conditions.
NORMAL CHRISTMAS TREE SERVICE

Component Maintenance Operation Service Interval
Body Lubricate 10 cycles
UNUSUAL TEMPORARY SERVICE – CEMENT THROUGH – ACIDIZE THROUGH-OTHER UNUSUAL SERVICE

Body Lubricate Prior to service
Body Flush with appropriate neutral- After service
izing fluid
Body Lubricate After flush
CHOKE MANIFOLD SERVICE

Valve assembly Pressure Test 1 week
Valve assembly Flush with appropriate neutraliz- 1 month
ing fluid, operate and lubricate
*The valve is lubricated through a grease fitting located on the actuator bonnet. Recommended lubricants and
amounts are shown below.
**One cycle equals opening and closing the valve one time. The service interval can vary according to application, fluids
used, and well conditions.
***Periodic maintenance must also be performed after every “kick” or other conditions when drilling fluids have been
processed through the valve.
TC9261 12
DRILLING SYSTEMS
2. Recommended lubricants
For optimum performance, only Cameron valve lubricants should be used.
Lubricant Operational Quantities (by part number) available on a

Service Solvent
Name Properties standard order basis
With Gas Well Condensates

With H2S (Sour Crude Gas)
High Temp. to 650O F
Low Temp. to -75O F
Standard Crude
Very High CO2
120 lb Drum
400 lb Drum
(Per Pound)
25 lb Pail
2 lb Can
Diesel
Mineral
Standard CI-14cr E P P P F F P 700149 700667 700668 700669 700670
Spirits
Mineral
Arctic NS-14 E E P P F F P 700123 700671 700672 700673 700674
Spirits
Diesel SS-14cr
E P E P G G G Alcohol 700150 700675 700676 700677 700678
Resistant TS-41
High Mineral
HT-14 G F P E F F P 700127 700679 700680 700681 700682
Temp. Spirits
High Mineral
Mdy 101 G P P E G F P 710194 - - - -
Temp. Spirits
E: Excellent F: Fair G: Good P: Poor
3. Amount of lubricant required:
Bore Lubricant Approximate

Pressure Lubricant Volume
Size Weight Follower Plate
Rating Required (cu in)
(in) (lb) Travel (in)
2.1/16 ALL 43 1.7 .5
2.9/16 15,000 93 3.7 1.6
3.1/8 To 5000 114 4.6 1.9
3.1/16 10,000 114 4.6 1.9
3.1/16 15,000 155 6.2 2.6
4.1/8 To 5000 245 9.8 4.2
4.1/16 10,000 243 9.7 4.1
4.1/16 15,000 1250 12.5 4.6
TC9261 13
DRILLING SYSTEMS
VII. TROUBLESHOOTING
A. Valve Troubleshooting Chart
Malfunction Cause Corrective Action

Valve gate and seat assembly Disassemble the valve and re-
Well pressure leaks
leaks or is installed improp- place or reinstall the gate and/
past valve.
erly. or seat.
Line fluid leaks Tighten the bonnet nuts.
between valve body Bonnet gasket leaks. If leak persists, replace the
and bonnet. bonnet gasket.
Inadequate operating pres- Apply 1500 to 3000 psi to the
sure. actuator close port.
Valve does not close. Excessive friction on gate. Lubricate the valve.
Warm the valve body to melt
Hydrates or ice in valve body.
hydrates or ice.
Inadequate operating pres- Apply 1500 to 3000 psi to the
sure. actuator open port.
Valve held closed by manual Turn locking screw handwheel
Valve does not open. locking screw. counterclockwise full stroke.
Excessive friction on gate. Lubricate the valve.
Warm the valve body to melt
Hydrates or ice in valve body.
hydrates or ice.
B. Actuator Troubleshooting Chart
Malfunction Cause Corrective Action

Remove and disassemble
Actuator fluid leaks Upper head-to-locking
manual locking screw assembly
around locking screw. screw O-ring leaks.
and replace O-ring.
Remove manual locking screw
Actuator fluid leaks
Upper/Lower head-to-cylin- assembly, upper head,
around upper or lower
der O-ring leaks. cylinder, and piston. Replace
head end of cylinder.
the 4-lobes rings.
Remove manual locking screw
Actuator fluid leaks Piston OD or ID O-ring assembly, upper head,
past piston. leaks. cylinder, and piston. Replace
seals.
Bleed all pressure from valve
Actuator fluid leaks or backseat actuator stem
Packing gland OD or
out through bonnet against bonnet. Disassemble
ID O-Ring leaks.
relief fitting actuator. Remove packing
gland, and replace O-ring.
TC9261 14
DRILLING SYSTEMS
NOTES:
TC9261 15
DRILLING SYSTEMS
Houston, TX 77041
USA
Tel 1-281-606-6000
www.c-a-m.com
ENVIRONME
ND N
A
TA

TH SAFETY
LE
XCELLEN

AL
CE
HE
CA
MERON

Cameron U Stack 2016

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Cameron U Stack 2016

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cameron U Stack 2016

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

H1300

DRILLING SYSTEMS TC9598

Produced by Technical Publications, Houston, TX, USA

This book covers Cameron products.

CHAPTER 1 – U BOP STACK

CHAPTER 2 – U BLOWOUT PREVENTERS

CHAPTER 1 – U BOP STACK

H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP U BOP Stack............................................................1-4

H1300 Project 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack...............................................................1-6

Test Stump Assembly, 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP....................................................................1-8

Test Stump Assembly, 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP.......................................................................1-10

Item Part Number Qty Description

03 ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT WEIGHT

Parts List: H1300 Project 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP U BOP Stack

Item Part Number Qty Description

ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT WEIGHT

430 FLANGE FLUID CUSHION 3-1/16 15K BX-154 6 35KG

ASSY BOP STACK W/O TEST STUMP & RAMS 1 37010KG

520 TEST STUMP 21-1/4 2K+SAVER SUB 4-1/2 IF 1 1400KG

FOUR LIFTING LUGS

Parts List: H1300 Project 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP U BOP Stack

Item Part Number Qty Description

Parts List: Test Stump Assembly, 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP

Item Part Number Qty Description

Parts List: Test Stump Assembly, 21-1/4” 2000 psi WP

Item Part Number Qty Description

CHAPTER 2 – U BLOWOUT PREVENTERS

Double U BOP with Standard Bonnets on Upper Cavity...................................................2-6

Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets..........................................................2-10

Double U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets on Upper Cavity............................2-12

Single U BOP with Standard Manual Lock Bonnets..........................................................2-14

DL Annular BOP, 13-5/8” 10,000 psi WP............................................................................2-16

DL Annular BOP, 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP..............................................................................2-20

Standard U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi Subassembly.........................................................2-24

For use with P/Ns:

Large Bore Shear U Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly.....................................2-30

For use with P/N:

Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets.......................................2-36

Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 13-5/8” 15,000 psi WP Subassembly.......................2-38

For use with P/N:

Large Bore Shear U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly.......................................2-40

For use with P/N:

Operating Piston Subassembly, for Large Bore Bonnets.......................................2-44

Standard U Bonnet 21-1/4” 2,000 psi WP Subassembly....................................................2-46

For use with P/Ns:

Operating Piston Subassembly, for Standard Bonnets..........................................2-50

Tandem Booster Composite Bonnet 20-3/4” 3000 psi WP and ........................................2-52

Ram Subassembly, SBR Lower for 21-1/14” U BOP............................................................2-58

Ram Subassembly, SBR Upper for 21-1/14” U BOP............................................................2-60

Ram Subassembly, Pipe 7” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP.............................................................2-62

Ram Subassembly, Pipe 5-1/2” and 5-9/16” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..................................2-63

Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..............................................2-64

Ram Subassembly, Casing Ram for 13-3/8” OD for 21-1/4” U BOP..................................2-65

Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Lower for 13-5/8” U BOP....................................................2-66

Ram Subassembly, SBR, H2S, Upper for 13-5/8” U BOP....................................................2-67

Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 7” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP............................................................2-68

Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 5.00” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP.........................................2-70

Ram Subassembly, Pipe Hangoff 3-1/2” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP........................................2-71

Ram Subassembly, Pipe, 9-5/8” OD for 13-5/8” U BOP......................................................2-72